Download User Manual - Newegg.com

Camera User Guide
Y
P
O
• Makesureyoureadthisguide,includingthe“Safety
Precautions”section,beforeusingthecamera.
• Readingthisguidewillhelpyoulearntousethecamera
properly.
• Storethisguidesafelysothatyoucanuseitinthefuture.
C
ENGLISH
Package Contents
Beforeuse,makesurethefollowingitemsareincludedinthepackage.
Ifanythingismissing,contactyourcameradealer.
Camera
BatteryPackNB-5L
(withterminalcover)
WristStrap
WS-DC11
InterfaceCable
IFC-400PCU
DIGITALCAMERA
SolutionDisk*
(CD-ROM)
BatteryCharger
CB-2LX/CB-2LXE
GettingStarted
WarrantyCard
*ContainssoftwareandPDFmanuals(=27).
• Amemorycardisnotincluded(seebelow).
Y
P
O
Compatible Memory Cards
C
Thefollowingmemorycards(soldseparately)canbeused,regardlessof
capacity.
• SDmemorycards*
• SDHCmemorycards*
• SDXCmemorycards*
• Eye-Ficards
*ConformstoSDspeciications.However,notallmemorycardshavebeenveriiedto
workwiththecamera.
AboutEye-FiCards
ThisproductisnotguaranteedtosupportEye-Ficardfunctions(including
wirelesstransfer).IncaseofanissuewithanEye-Ficard,pleasecheck
withthecardmanufacturer.
AlsonotethatanapprovalisrequiredtouseEye-Ficardsinmanycountries
orregions.Withoutapproval,useofthecardisnotpermitted.Ifitisunclear
whetherthecardhasbeenapprovedforuseinthearea,pleasecheckwith
thecardmanufacturer.
2
Preliminary Notes and Legal Information
• Takeandreviewsometestshotsinitiallytomakesuretheimageswere
recordedcorrectly.PleasenotethatCanonInc.,itssubsidiariesand
afiliates,anditsdistributorsarenotliableforanyconsequentialdamages
arisingfromanymalfunctionofacameraoraccessory,includingmemory
cards,thatresultsinthefailureofanimagetoberecordedortobe
recordedinawaythatismachinereadable.
• Imagesrecordedbythecameraareintendedforpersonaluse.Refrain
fromunauthorizedrecordingthatinfringesoncopyrightlaw,andnotethat
evenforpersonaluse,photographymaycontravenecopyrightorother
legalrightsatsomeperformancesorexhibitions,orinsomecommercial
settings.
• Thecamerawarrantyisvalidonlyintheareaofpurchase.Incaseof
cameraproblemswhileabroad,returntotheareaofpurchasebefore
contactingaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.
• AlthoughtheLCDmonitorisproducedunderextremelyhigh-precision
manufacturingconditionsandmorethan99.99%ofthepixelsmeet
designspeciications,inrarecasessomepixelsmaybedefectiveormay
appearasredorblackdots.Thisdoesnotindicatecameradamageor
affectrecordedimages.
• TheLCDmonitormaybecoveredwithathinplasticilmforprotection
againstscratchesduringshipment.Ifcovered,removetheilmbefore
usingthecamera.
• Whenthecameraisusedoveranextendedperiod,itmaybecomewarm.
Thisdoesnotindicatedamage.
Y
P
O
C
Organization of Camera User Guide
Thefollowingguidesareincluded,eachusedfordifferentpurposes.
BasicGuide(=13)
• Givesbasicinstructions,frominitialpreparationstoshooting,playback,
andsavingonacomputer
WirelessLANGuide(=35)
• Describeshowtosendimageswirelesslyfromthecameratoavarietyof
compatibledevices,andhowtousethecamerawithonlineservices
AdvancedGuide(=85)
• Practicalguidethatintroducesothercamerabasicsanddescribes
shootingandplaybackoptions
3
Part Names and Conventions in This Guide
Zoomlever
Shooting:<i(telephoto)>/
<j(wideangle)>
Playback:<k(magnify)>/
<g(index)>
Microphone
Lens
Modedial
Shutterbutton
Lamp
Powerbutton
Flash
Controlring
Tripodsocket
Memorycard/batterycover
DCcouplerterminalcover
Y
P
O
• Inthisguide,iconsareusedtorepresentthecorrespondingcamera
buttonsanddialsonwhichtheyappearorwhichtheyresemble.
• Thefollowingcamerabuttonsandcontrolsarerepresentedbyicons.
<o> Upbutton onback
<q> Leftbutton onback
<r> Rightbutton onback
<p> Downbutton onback
<7> Controldial onback
<y> Controlring onfront
• Shootingmodesandon-screeniconsandtextareindicatedinbrackets.
• :Importantinformationyoushouldknow
• :Notesandtipsforexpertcamerause
• :Indicatestouch-screenoperations
• =xx:Pageswithrelatedinformation(inthisexample,“xx”representsa
pagenumber)
• Instructionsinthisguideapplytothecameraunderdefaultsettings.
C
4
PartNamesandConventionsinThisGuide
Strapmount
Screen(LCDmonitor)*
Indicator
< (Ringfunctionselector)>/
<a(Singleimageerase)>button
Indicator
Moviebutton
Speaker
DIGITALterminal
HDMITMterminal
<n>button
<1(Playback)>button
<b(Exposurecompensation)>/
< (WirelessLAN)>/Upbutton
<e(Macro)>/<f(Manual
focus)>/Leftbutton
Controldial
FUNC./SETbutton
<h(Flash)>/Rightbutton
<l(Display)>/Downbutton
Y
P
O
C
*Gesturesmaynotbedetectedaseasilyifyouapplyascreenprotector.Inthiscase,
increasethesensitivityofthetouch-screenpanel(=273).
zz
Turningthecontroldialisonewayto
choosesettingitems,switchimages,and
performotheroperations.Mostofthese
operationsarealsopossiblewiththe
<o><p><q><r>buttons.
• Forconvenience,allsupportedmemorycardsaresimplyreferredtoas
“thememorycard”.
• Thetabsshownabovetitlesindicatewhetherthefunctionisusedforstill
images,movies,orboth.
StillImages
: Indicatesthatthefunctionisusedwhenshootingor
viewingstillimages.
Movies
: Indicatesthatthefunctionisusedwhenshootingor
viewingmovies.
5
Table of Contents
PackageContents.........................2
CompatibleMemoryCards............2
PreliminaryNotesandLegal
Information.....................................3
OrganizationofCameraUser
Guide.............................................3
PartNamesandConventionsin
ThisGuide......................................4
TableofContents...........................6
Contents:BasicOperations...........8
SafetyPrecautions.......................10
GeotaggingImagesonthe
Camera........................................78
OtherInformation.........................78
Advanced Guide ............. 85
1
On/Off..........................................86
ShutterButton..............................87
ShootingModes...........................88
ShootingDisplayOptions............88
FUNC.Menu................................89
MENUMenu................................91
IndicatorDisplay..........................93
Clock............................................93
Basic Guide .................... 13
InitialPreparations.......................14
TryingtheCameraOut................21
IncludedSoftware,
PDFManuals...............................27
Accessories..................................34
Wireless LAN Guide ....... 35
WhatYouCanDoWiththe
WirelessLANFunction................36
Glossary.......................................37
WirelessLANPrecautions...........38
SecurityPrecautions....................41
UsingWirelessLANtoSend
ImagesFromtheCamera............42
RegisteringaCameraNickname
(Firsttimeonly)............................43
ConnectingtoWebServices........45
ConnectingtoaSmartphone.......50
ConnectingtoAnotherCamera...54
ConnectingtoaComputer...........56
ConnectingtoaPrinter................72
SendingImages...........................75
2
SmartAutoMode.................95
Y
P
O
Shooting(SmartAuto).................96
Common,Convenient
Features.....................................105
UsingFaceID............................ 113
ImageCustomization
Features.....................................123
HelpfulShootingFeatures.........129
CustomizingCamera
Operation...................................132
C
6
CameraBasics.....................85
3
OtherShootingModes......135
AutoClipRecording
(MovieDigest)............................136
SpeciicScenes.........................137
ImageEffects
(CreativeFilters)........................142
SpecialModesforOther
Purposes....................................154
ShootingVariousMovies...........161
TableofContents
4
PMode................................165
ShootinginProgramAEMode
(<P>Mode)................................166
ImageBrightness(Exposure
Compensation)..........................166
ColorandContinuous
Shooting.....................................174
ShootingRangeand
Focusing....................................181
Flash..........................................193
ShootingRAWImages...............198
OtherSettings............................199
5
Tv,Av,M,andCMode.......201
SpeciicShutterSpeeds
(<Tv>Mode)..............................202
SpeciicApertureValues
(<Av>Mode)..............................203
SpeciicShutterSpeedsand
ApertureValues(<M>Mode).....204
CustomizationforShooting
Styles.........................................206
7
SettingMenu......................261
AdjustingBasicCamera
Functions...................................262
8
Accessories.......................277
TipsonUsingIncluded
Accessories................................278
OptionalAccessories.................278
UsingOptionalAccessories.......281
PrintingImages..........................286
UsinganEye-FiCard.................300
9
Appendix............................303
Troubleshooting.........................304
On-ScreenMessages................310
On-ScreenInformation..............314
FunctionsandMenuTables.......318
HandlingPrecautions.................332
Speciications.............................333
Index..........................................337
Y
P
O
C
6
PlaybackMode..................215
Viewing......................................216
BrowsingandFiltering
Images.......................................224
EditingFaceIDInformation.......231
ImageViewingOptions..............233
ProtectingImages......................236
ErasingImages..........................240
RotatingImages.........................243
ImageCategories......................244
ConvenientControl:Touch
Actions.......................................248
EditingStillImages....................250
EditingMovies............................256
7
Contents: Basic Operations
4
Shoot
zz
Usecamera-determinedsettings(AutoMode).................................... 96
Shootingpeoplewell
I
P
Portraits
(=137)
AgainstSnow
(=138)
SmoothSkin
(=141)
Matchingspeciicscenes
S
UnderWater
(=138)
NightScenes
(=137)
t
Fireworks
(=138)
Y
P
O
Applyingspecialeffects
C
VividColors
(=142)
PosterEffect
(=142)
“Aged”Photos
(=144)
Fish-EyeEffect
(=145)
MiniatureEffect
(=146)
ToyCameraEffect
(=148)
SoftFocus
(=149)
Monochrome
(=150)
zz
Focusonfaces............................................................. 96,137,184,190
zz
Withoutusingthelash(FlashOff)......................................................111
zz
Withmyselfintheshot(Self-Timer)........................................... 107,157
zz
Adddatestamps.................................................................................112
8
Contents:BasicOperations
zz
UseFaceID................................................................................113,222
zz
Movieclipsandphotostogether(MovieDigest)................................ 136
1 View
zz
Viewimages(PlaybackMode)........................................................... 216
zz
Automaticplayback(Slideshow)........................................................ 234
zz
OnaTV.............................................................................................. 281
zz
Onacomputer..................................................................................... 28
zz
Browsethroughimagesquickly......................................................... 224
zz
Eraseimages..................................................................................... 240
E Shoot/ViewMovies
zz
Shootmovies............................................................................... 96,161
zz
Viewmovies(PlaybackMode)........................................................... 216
zz
Fast-movingsubjects,slow-motionplayback..................................... 162
Y
P
O
c Print
zz
Printpictures...................................................................................... 286
Save
C
zz
Saveimagestoacomputer................................................................. 28
9
Safety Precautions
• Beforeusingtheproduct,pleaseensurethatyoureadthesafetyprecautions
describedbelow.Alwaysensurethattheproductisusedcorrectly.
• Thesafetyprecautionsnotedonthefollowingpagesareintendedto
preventinjuriestoyourselfandotherpersons,ordamagetotheequipment.
• Besuretoalsochecktheguidesincludedwithanyseparatelysold
accessoriesyouuse.
Warning
Denotesthepossibilityofseriousinjuryordeath.
• Donottriggerthelashincloseproximitytopeople’seyes.
Exposuretotheintenselightproducedbythelashcoulddamageeyesight.
Inparticular,remainatleast1meter(39inches)awayfrominfantswhen
usingthelash.
• Storethisequipmentoutofthereachofchildrenandinfants.
Strap:Puttingthestraparoundachild’sneckcouldresultinasphyxiation.
• Useonlyrecommendedpowersources.
• Donotattempttodisassemble,alterorapplyheattotheproduct.
• Avoiddroppingorsubjectingtheproducttosevereimpacts.
• Toavoidtheriskofinjury,donottouchtheinterioroftheproductif
ithasbeendroppedorotherwisedamaged.
• Stopusingtheproductimmediatelyifitemitssmoke,astrange
smell,orotherwisebehavesabnormally.
• Donotuseorganicsolventssuchasalcohol,benzine,orthinnerto
cleantheproduct.
• Donotlettheproductcomeintocontactwithwater(e.g.seawater)
orotherliquids.
• Donotallowliquidsorforeignobjectstoenterthecamera.
Thiscouldresultinelectricalshockorire.
Ifliquidsorforeignobjectscomeintocontactwiththecamerainterior,
immediatelyturnthecameraoffandremovethebattery.
Ifthebatterychargerbecomeswet,unplugitfromtheoutletandconsult
yourcameradistributororaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.
Y
P
O
C
• Useonlytherecommendedbattery.
• Donotplacethebatterynearorindirectlame.
• Unplugthepowercordperiodically,andusingadrycloth,wipeaway
anydustanddirtthathascollectedontheplug,theexteriorofthe
poweroutlet,andthesurroundingarea.
• Donothandlethepowercordwithwethands.
• Donotusetheequipmentinamannerthatexceedstheratedcapacity
oftheelectricaloutletorwiringaccessories.Donotuseifthepower
cordorplugaredamaged,ornotfullypluggedintotheoutlet.
• Donotallowdirtormetalobjects(suchaspinsorkeys)tocontact
theterminalsorplug.
10
SafetyPrecautions
Thebatterymayexplodeorleak,resultinginelectricalshockorire.This
couldcauseinjuryanddamagethesurroundings.Intheeventthatabattery
leaksandthebatteryelectrolytecontactseyes,mouth,skinorclothing,
immediatelylushwithwater.
• Turnthecameraoffinplaceswherecamerauseisprohibited.
Theelectromagneticwavesemittedbythecameramayinterferewiththe
operationofelectronicinstrumentsandotherdevices.Exerciseadequate
cautionwhenusingthecamerainplaceswhereuseofelectronicdevicesis
restricted,suchasinsideairplanesandmedicalfacilities.
• DonotplaythesuppliedCD-ROM(s)inanyCDplayerthatdoesnot
supportdataCD-ROMs.
Itispossibletosufferhearinglossfromlisteningwithheadphonestothe
loudsoundsofaCD-ROMplayedonanaudioCDplayer(musicplayer).
Additionally,thiscoulddamagethespeakers.
Caution
Denotesthepossibilityofinjury.
• Whenholdingthecamerabythestrap,becarefulnottobangit,subject
ittostrongimpactsorshocks,orletitgetcaughtonotherobjects.
• Becarefulnottobumporpushstronglyonthelens.
Thiscouldleadtoinjuryordamagethecamera.
Y
P
O
• Becarefulnottosubjectthescreentostrongimpacts.
Ifthescreencracks,injurymayresultfromthebrokenfragments.
C
• Whenusingthelash,becarefulnottocoveritwithyouringersorclothing.
Thiscouldresultinburnsordamagetothelash.
• Avoidusing,placingorstoringtheproductinthefollowingplaces:
-Placessubjecttostrongsunlight
-Placessubjecttotemperaturesabove40°C(104°F)
-Humidordustyareas
Thesecouldcauseleakage,overheatingoranexplosionofthebattery,
resultinginelectricalshock,ire,burnsorotherinjuries.
Hightemperaturesmaycausedeformationofthecameraorbatterychargercasing.
• Theslideshowtransitioneffectsmaycausediscomfortwhenviewed
forprolongedperiods.
• Takecarenottopinchyouringerwhenthe
lashlowers.
Thiscouldresultininjury.
11
SafetyPrecautions
Caution
Denotesthepossibilityofdamagetotheequipment.
• Donotaimthecameraatbrightlightsources(suchasthesunona
clearday).
Doingsomaydamagetheimagesensor.
• Whenusingthecameraonabeachoratawindylocation,becareful
nottoallowdustorsandtoenterthecamera.
• Donotpushdownonthelash,orpryitopen.
Thismaycausetheproducttomalfunction.
• Inregularuse,smallamountsofsmokemaybeemittedfromthelash.
Thisisduetothehighintensityofthelashburningdustandforeignmaterials
stucktothefrontoftheunit.Pleaseuseacottonswabtoremovedirt,dustorother
foreignmatterfromthelashtopreventheatbuild-upanddamagetotheunit.
• Removeandstorethebatterywhenyouarenotusingthecamera.
Ifthebatteryisleftinsidethecamera,damagecausedbyleakagemayoccur.
• Beforeyoudiscardthebattery,covertheterminalswithtapeorother
insulators.
Contactingothermetalmaterialsmayleadtoireorexplosions.
Y
P
O
• Unplugthebatterychargerfromthepoweroutletafterchargingis
complete,orwhenyouarenotusingit.
• Donotplaceanything,suchascloth,ontopofthebatterycharger
whileitischarging.
Leavingtheunitpluggedinforalongperiodoftimemaycauseitto
overheatanddistort,resultinginire.
C
• Donotplacethebatterynearpets.
Petsbitingthebatterycouldcauseleakage,overheatingorexplosion,
resultinginireordamage.
• Donotsitdownwiththecamerainyourpocket.
Doingsomaycausemalfunctionsordamagethescreen.
• Whenputtingthecamerainyourbag,ensurethathardobjectsdo
notcomeintocontactwiththescreen.
• Donotattachanyhardobjectstothecamera.
Doingsomaycausemalfunctionsordamagethescreen.
12
Basic Guide
Givesbasicinstructions,frominitial
preparationstoshooting,playback,and
savingonacomputer
Y
P
O
C
13
Initial Preparations
Prepareforshootingasfollows.
Attaching the Strap
Attachthestrap.
zz
Threadtheendofthestrapthroughthe
straphole( ),andthenpulltheother
endofthestrapthroughthelooponthe
threadedend( ).
zz
Thestrapcanalsobeattachedtotheleft
sideofthecamera.
Holding the Camera
Y
P
O
zz
Placethestraparoundyourwrist.
zz
Whenshooting,keepyourarmscloseto
C
yourbodyandholdthecamerasecurely
topreventitfrommoving.Ifthelashis
up,donotrestyouringersonit.
14
InitialPreparations
Charging the Battery
Beforeuse,chargethebatterywiththeincludedcharger.Besuretocharge
thebatteryinitially,becausethecameraisnotsoldwiththebatterycharged.
1 Removethebatterycoverand
insertthebatteryinthecharger.
zz
Removethecoverfromthebattery,align
the▲marksonthebatteryandcharger,
andinsertthebatterybypushingitin( )
anddown( ).
2 Chargethebattery.
zz
CB-2LX:Flipouttheplug( )andplug
thechargerintoapoweroutlet( ).
CB-2LX
zz
CB-2LXE:Plugthepowercordintothe
charger,thenplugtheotherendintoa
poweroutlet.
XX
Thecharginglampturnsorangeand
chargingbegins.
XX
Whenthechargingisinished,thelamp
turnsgreen.
Y
P
O
CB-2LXE
C
3 Removethebattery.
zz
Afterunpluggingthebatterycharger,
removethebatterybypushingitin( )
andup( ).
• Toprotectthebatteryandkeepitinoptimalcondition,donot
chargeitcontinuouslyformorethan24hours.
• Forbatterychargersthatuseapowercord,donotattach
thechargerorcordtootherobjects.Doingsocouldresultin
malfunctionordamagetotheproduct.
15
InitialPreparations
• Fordetailsonchargingtimeandthenumberofshotsandrecordingtime
possiblewithafullychargedbattery,see“Speciications”(=333).
Inserting the Battery and Memory Card
Inserttheincludedbatteryandamemorycard(soldseparately).
Notethatbeforeusinganewmemorycard(oramemorycardformatted
inanotherdevice),youshouldformatthememorycardwiththiscamera
(=267).
1 Checkthecard’swrite-protect
tab.
zz
Recordingisnotpossibleonmemory
cardswithawrite-protecttabwhenthe
tabisinthelocked(downward)position.
Slidethetabupuntilitclicksintothe
unlockedposition.
2 Openthecover.
Y
P
O
zz
Slidethecover( )andopenit( ).
C
3 Insertthebattery.
zz
Whilepressingthebatterylockinthe
Terminals
16
Battery
Lock
directionofthearrow,insertthebattery
asshownandpushitinuntilitclicksinto
thelockedposition.
zz
Ifyouinsertthebatteryfacingthewrong
way,itcannotbelockedintothecorrect
position.Alwaysconirmthatthebattery
isfacingtherightwayandlockswhen
inserted.
InitialPreparations
4 Insertthememorycard.
zz
Insertthememorycardfacingasshown
untilitclicksintothelockedposition.
zz
Makesurethememorycardisfacingthe
rightwaywhenyouinsertit.Inserting
memorycardsfacingthewrongwaymay
damagethecamera.
Terminals
5 Closethecover.
zz
Lowerthecover( )andholditdownas
youslideit,untilitclicksintotheclosed
position( ).
• Forguidelinesonhowmanyshotsorhoursofrecordingcanbesavedon
onememorycard,see“Speciications”(=333).
Y
P
O
RemovingtheBatteryandMemoryCard
Removethebattery.
C
zz
Openthecoverandpressthebattery
lockinthedirectionofthearrow.
XX
Thebatterywillpopup.
Removethememorycard.
zz
Pushthememorycardinuntilitclicks,
andthenslowlyreleaseit.
XX
Thememorycardwillpopup.
17
InitialPreparations
Setting the Date and Time
Setthecurrentdateandtimecorrectlyasfollowsifthe[Date/Time]screen
isdisplayedwhenyouturnthecameraon.Informationyouspecifythisway
isrecordedinimagepropertieswhenyoushoot,anditisusedwhenyou
manageimagesbyshootingdateorprintimagesshowingthedate.
Youcanalsoaddadatestamptoshots,ifyouwish(=112).
1 Turnthecameraon.
zz
Pressthepowerbutton.
XX
The[Date/Time]screenisdisplayed.
2 Setthedateandtime.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosean
option.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtospecifythedateandtime.
Y
P
O
zz
Wheninished,pressthe<m>button.
C
3 Setthehometimezone.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseyourhometimezone.
4 Finishthesetupprocess.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttonwheninished.
18
Afteraconirmationmessage,thesetting
screenisnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Toturnoffthecamera,pressthepower
button.
InitialPreparations
• Unlessyousetthedate,time,andhometimezone,the[Date/
Time]screenwillbedisplayedeachtimeyouturnthecameraon.
Specifythecorrectinformation.
• Tosetdaylightsavingtime(1hourahead),choose[
]instep2andthen
choose[ ]bypressingthe<o><p>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.
• Youcanalsosetthedateandtimebytouchingthedesiredsettingonthe
].Similarly,you
screeninstep2andthentouching[o][p],followedby[
canalsosetyourhometimezonebytouching[q][r]onthescreeninstep3,
].
followedby[
ChangingtheDateandTime
Adjustthedateandtimeasfollows.
1 Accessthecameramenu.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.
Y
P
O
2 Choose[Date/Time].
C
zz
Movethezoomlevertochoosethe[3]
tab.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Date/Time],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
3 Changethedateandtime.
zz
Followstep2on=18toadjustthe
settings.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontoclosethe
menu.
19
InitialPreparations
• Date/timesettingscanberetainedforabout3weeksbythecamera’sbuilt-in
date/timebattery(backupbattery)afterthebatterypackisremoved.
• Thedate/timebatterywillbechargedinabout4hoursonceyouinserta
chargedbatteryorconnectthecameratoanACadapterkit(soldseparately,
=278),evenifthecameraisleftoff.
• Oncethedate/timebatteryisdepleted,the[Date/Time]screenwillbe
displayedwhenyouturnthecameraon.Followthestepson=18toset
thedateandtime.
Display Language
Changethedisplaylanguageasneeded.
1 EnterPlaybackmode.
zz
Pressthe<1>button.
Y
P
O
2 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressandholdthe<m>button,and
thenimmediatelypressthe<n>
button.
C
3 Setthedisplaylanguage.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoosealanguage,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Oncethedisplaylanguagehasbeenset,
thesettingscreenisnolongerdisplayed.
20
TryingtheCameraOut
• Thecurrenttimeisdisplayedifyouwaittoolonginstep2afterpressingthe
<m>buttonbeforeyoupressthe<n>button.Inthiscase,pressthe
<m>buttontodismissthetimedisplayandrepeatstep2.
• Youcanalsochangethedisplaylanguagebypressingthe<n>button
andchoosing[Language ]onthe[3]tab.
• Youcanalsosetthedisplaylanguagebytouchingalanguageonthescreen
instep3andthentouchingitagain.
StillImages
Movies
Trying the Camera Out
Followtheseinstructionstoturnthecameraon,shootstillimagesor
movies,andthenviewthem.
Shooting (Smart Auto)
Forfullyautomaticselectionoftheoptimalsettingsforspeciicscenes,
simplyletthecameradeterminethesubjectandshootingconditions.
Y
P
O
1 Turnthecameraon.
zz
Pressthepowerbutton.
XX
Thestartupscreenisdisplayed.
C
2 Enter<A>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<A>.
zz
Aimthecameraatthesubject.The
camerawillmakeaslightclickingnoise
asitdeterminesthescene.
XX
Iconsrepresentingthesceneandimage
stabilizationmodearedisplayedinthe
upperrightofthescreen.
XX
Framesdisplayedaroundanydetected
subjectsindicatethattheyareinfocus.
21
TryingtheCameraOut
3 Composetheshot.
zz
Tozoominandenlargethesubject,move
thezoomlevertoward<i>(telephoto),
andtozoomawayfromthesubject,move
ittoward<j>(wideangle).
4 Shoot.
ShootingStillImages
Focus.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonlightly,halfway
down.Thecamerabeepstwiceafter
focusing,andgreenframesaredisplayed
toindicateimageareasinfocus.
XX
Thelashautomaticallyrisesinlow-light
conditions.
Y
P
O
Shoot.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonalltheway
C
down.
XX
Asthecamerashoots,ashuttersoundis
played,andinlow-lightconditionswhen
thelashisup,itiresautomatically.
zz
Keepthecamerastilluntiltheshutter
soundends.
XX
Yourshotisonlydisplayeduntilthe
cameraisreadytoshootagain.
22
TryingtheCameraOut
ShootingMovies
Startshooting.
zz
Pressthemoviebutton.Thecamera
ElapsedTime
beepsonceasrecordingbegins,and
[ Rec]isdisplayedwiththeelapsedtime.
XX
Blackbarsdisplayedonthetopand
bottomedgesofthescreenindicate
imageareasnotrecorded.
XX
Framesdisplayedaroundanydetected
facesindicatethattheyareinfocus.
zz
Oncerecordingbegins,youcantakeyour
ingeroffthemoviebutton.
Finishshooting.
zz
Pressthemoviebuttonagaintostop
shooting.Thecamerabeepstwiceas
recordingstops.
Y
P
O
C
23
TryingtheCameraOut
Viewing
Aftershootingimagesormovies,youcanviewthemonthescreenas
follows.
1 EnterPlaybackmode.
zz
Pressthe<1>button.
XX
Yourlastshotisdisplayed.
2 Browsethroughyourimages.
zz
Toviewthepreviousimage,press
the<q>buttonorturnthe<7>dial
counterclockwise.Toviewthenext
image,pressthe<r>buttonorturnthe
<7>dialclockwise.
zz
Pressandholdthe<q><r>buttonsto
browsethroughimagesquickly.
Y
P
O
zz
ToaccessScrollDisplaymode,turnthe
C
<7>dialrapidly.Inthismode,turnthe
<7>dialtobrowsethroughimages.
zz
Toreturntosingle-imagedisplay,press
the<m>button.
zz
Moviesareidentiiedbya[
playmovies,gotostep3.
24
]icon.To
TryingtheCameraOut
3 Playmovies.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontoaccessthe
Volume
moviecontrolpanel,choose[ ](either
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
buttonagain.
XX
Playbacknowbegins,andafterthemovie
]isdisplayed.
isinished,[
zz
Toadjustthevolume,pressthe<o><p>
buttons.
• ToswitchtoShootingmodefromPlaybackmode,presstheshutterbutton
halfway.
Touch-ScreenOperations
zz
Toviewthenextimageonthescreenin
step2,dragleftacrossthescreen,andto
viewthepreviousimage,dragright.
zz
ToaccessScrollDisplaymode,quickly
dragleftorrightrepeatedly.
zz
Toreturntosingle-imagedisplayfrom
ScrollDisplaymode,touchtheimagein
themiddleofthescreen.
zz
Chooseamovie,andtouch[ ]tostart
playback.
zz
Toadjustthevolumeduringmovie
playback,quicklydragupordownacross
thescreen.
Y
P
O
C
25
TryingtheCameraOut
ErasingtheImages
Youcanchooseanderaseunneededimagesonebyone.Becarefulwhen
erasingimages,becausetheycannotberecovered.
1 Chooseanimagetoerase.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage.
2 Erasetheimage.
zz
Pressthe<a>button.
zz
After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[Erase],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Thecurrentimageisnowerased.
zz
Tocancelerasure,pressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose
[Cancel],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsoeraseallimagesatonce(=241).
C
• Youcanalsoerasethecurrentimagebytouching[Erase]onthescreenin
step2.
• ImagescanalsobeerasedbyusingTouchActions(=248).
26
Included Software, PDF Manuals
ThesoftwareandPDFmanualsontheincludedDIGITALCAMERASolution
Disk(CD-ROM)(=2)areintroducedbelow,withinstructionsfor
installation,andsavingimagestoacomputer.
Software
AfterinstallingthesoftwareontheCD-ROM,youcandothefollowing
thingsonyourcomputer.
CameraWindow
zz
Importimagesandchangecamerasettings
ImageBrowserEX
zz
Manageimages:view,search,andorganize
zz
Printandeditimages
DigitalPhotoProfessional
zz
Browse,processandeditRAWimages
AutoUpdateFunction
Usingtheincludedsoftware,youcanupdatetothelatestversion,and
downloadnewfunctionsviatheInternet(somesoftwareexcluded).Besure
toinstallthesoftwareonacomputerwithanInternetconnectionsoyoucan
usethisfunction.
Y
P
O
C
• Internetaccessisrequiredtousethisfunction,andanyISP
accountchargesandaccessfeesmustbepaidseparately.
PDF Manuals
CameraUserGuide
zz
Refertothisguideforamorein-depthunderstandingofcamera
operation.
SoftwareGuide
zz
Refertothisguidewhenusingtheincludedsoftware.Theguidecanbe
accessedfromthehelpsystemofincludedsoftware(somesoftware
excluded).
27
IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals
System Requirements
Theincludedsoftwarecanbeusedonthefollowingcomputers.Adobe
ReaderisrequiredtoviewthePDFmanuals.
Windows
Operating
System
Macintosh
Windows7SP1
WindowsVistaSP2
MacOSX10.6–10.7
WindowsXPSP3
(OSX10.6.8orlaterrequiredfor
(Windows7SP1orlaterrequired wirelessconnections)
forwirelessconnections)
Computer
Computersrunningoneoftheaboveoperatingsystems
(preinstalled),withanincludedUSBportandInternetconnection*
Processor
Stillimages:1.6GHzorhigher
Movies:Core2Duo2.6GHz
orhigher
Stillimages:MacOSX10.7:
Core2Duoorhigher,
MacOSX10.6:CoreDuo1.83
GHzorhigher
Movies:Core2Duo2.6GHz
orhigher
RAM
Stillimages
Windows7(64bit):2GBor
more
Windows7(32bit),Vista,
XP:1GBormore
Movies
2GBormore
Stillimages
MacOSX10.7:2GBormore,
MacOSX10.6:1GBormore
Movies
2GBormore
Y
P
O
C
Interfaces
USBandwirelessLAN
FreeHardDisk
Space
640MBormore*
Display
1024x768resolutionorhigher
750MBormore
*Silverlight4orlater(max.100MB)mustbeinstalled,andinWindowsXP,Microsoft
.NETFramework3.0orlater(max.500MB)mustbeinstalled.Installationmaytake
sometime,dependingoncomputerperformance.
• ChecktheCanonwebsiteforthelatestsystemrequirements,including
supportedOSversions.
28
IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals
Installing the Software
Windows7andMacOSX10.6areusedhereforthesakeofillustration.
Usingthesoftwareautoupdatefunction,youcanupdatetothelatest
versionanddownloadnewfunctionsviatheInternet(somesoftware
excluded),sobesuretoinstallthesoftwareonacomputerwithanInternet
connection.
1 InserttheCD-ROMinthe
computer’sCD-ROMdrive.
zz
InserttheincludedCD-ROM(DIGITAL
CAMERASolutionDisk)(=2)inthe
computer’sCD-ROMdrive.
zz
OnaMacintoshcomputer,afterinserting
thedisc,double-clickthedesktopdisc
icontoopenit,andthendouble-clickthe
[ ]icondisplayed.
2 Begintheinstallation.
Y
P
O
zz
Click[EasyInstallation]andfollowthe
C
on-screeninstructionstocompletethe
installationprocess.
29
IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals
3 Whenamessageisdisplayed
promptingyoutoconnect
thecamera,connectittoa
computer.
zz
Withthecameraturnedoff,openthe
cover( ).Withthesmallerplugofthe
includedinterfacecable(=2)inthe
orientationshown,inserttheplugfully
intothecameraterminal( ).
zz
Insertthelargerplugoftheinterface
cableinthecomputer’sUSBport.For
detailsaboutUSBconnectionsonthe
computer,refertothecomputeruser
manual.
Y
P
O
4 Installtheiles.
zz
Turnthecameraon,andfollowthe
C
on-screeninstructionstocompletethe
installationprocess.
XX
ThesoftwarewillconnecttotheInternet
toupdatetothelatestversionand
downloadnewfunctions.Installationmay
takesometime,dependingoncomputer
performanceandtheInternetconnection.
zz
Click[Finish]or[Restart]onthescreen
afterinstallationandremovetheCDROMwhenthedesktopisdisplayed.
zz
Turnthecameraoffanddisconnectthe
cable.
30
IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals
• WhennotconnectedtotheInternet,therearethefollowinglimitations.
-Thescreeninstep3willnotbedisplayed.
-Somefunctionsmaynotbeinstalled.
• Theirsttimeyouconnectthecameratothecomputer,driverswillbe
installed,soitmaytakeafewminutesuntilcameraimagesareaccessible.
• IfyouhaveseveralcamerasthatwerebundledwithImageBrowserEXon
theincludedCD-ROMs,besuretouseeachcamerawiththeirincludedCDROMandfollowtheon-screeninstallationinstructionsforeach.Doingsowill
ensurethateachcamerawillreceivethecorrectupdatesandnewfunctions
viatheautoupdatefunction.
Saving Images to a Computer
Windows7andMacOSX10.6areusedhereforthesakeofillustration.
1 Connectthecameratothe
computer.
zz
Followstep3on=30toconnectthe
cameratoacomputer.
Y
P
O
2 Turnthecameraontoaccess
CameraWindow.
zz
Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecamera
C
on.
zz
OnaMacintoshcomputer,
CameraWindowisdisplayedwhena
connectionisestablishedbetweenthe
cameraandcomputer.
zz
ForWindows,followthestepsintroduced
below.
zz
Inthescreenthatdisplays,clickthe[
linktomodifytheprogram.
]
31
IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals
zz
Choose[DownloadsImagesFromCanon
CamerausingCanonCameraWindow]
andthenclick[OK].
zz
Doubleclick[
CameraWindow
].
3 Savetheimagestothe
computer.
zz
Click[ImportImagesfromCamera],and
thenclick[ImportUntransferredImages].
XX
ImagesarenowsavedtothePictures
Y
P
O
folderonthecomputer,inseparate
foldersnamedbydate.
zz
Afterimagesaresaved,close
CameraWindow,pressthe<1>button
toturnthecameraoff,andunplugthe
cable.
zz
Forinstructionsonviewingimageson
acomputer,refertotheSoftware Guide
(=27).
C
32
IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals
• InWindows7,ifthescreeninstep2isnotdisplayed,clickthe[ ]iconin
thetaskbar.
• TostartCameraWindowinWindowsVistaorXP,click[DownloadsImages
FromCanonCamerausingCanonCameraWindow]onthescreendisplayed
whenyouturnthecameraoninstep2.IfCameraWindowisnotdisplayed,
clickthe[Start]menuandchoose[AllPrograms]►[CanonUtilities]►
[CameraWindow]►[CameraWindow].
• OnaMacintoshcomputer,ifCameraWindowisnotdisplayedafterstep2,
clickthe[CameraWindow]iconintheDock(thebaratthebottomofthe
desktop).
• Althoughyoucansaveimagestoacomputersimplybyconnectingyour
cameratothecomputerwithoutusingtheincludedsoftware,thefollowing
limitationsapply.
-Itmaytakeafewminutesafteryouconnectthecameratothecomputer
untilcameraimagesareaccessible.
-Imagesshotinverticalorientationmaybesavedinhorizontalorientation.
-RAWimages(orJPEGimagesrecordedwithRAWimages)maynotbe
saved.
-Imageprotectionsettingsmaybeclearedfromimagessavedtoa
computer.
-Someproblemsmayoccurwhensavingimagesorimageinformation,
dependingontheoperatingsystemversion,thesoftwareinuse,orimage
ilesizes.
-Somefunctionsprovidedbytheincludedsoftwaremaynotbeavailable,
suchaseditingmoviesorreturningimagestothecamera.
Y
P
O
C
Using the PDF Manuals
CameraUserGuide
zz
Accessthisguidebydouble-clickingthedesktopshortcuticon.
SoftwareGuide
zz
Theguidecanbeaccessedfromthehelpsystemofincludedsoftware
(somesoftwareexcluded).
• ItmaynotbepossibletoinstallthePDFmanualsoncomputersthatdo
notmeetthesystemrequirements(=28).However,youcanviewthe
manualsonacomputerthatsupportsAdobeReaderbycopyingthePDF
ilesintheReadmefolderontheCD-ROMdirectlytoaconvenientlocation
onthecomputer.
33
Accessories
IncludedAccessories
WristStrap
WS-DC11
BatteryPack
NB-5L*
(withterminalcover)
BatteryCharger
CB-2LX/CB-2LXE*
DIGITAL
CAMERA
SolutionDisk
InterfaceCableIFC-400PCU*
MemoryCard
Power
ACAdapterKit
ACK-DC30
FlashUnit
CardReader
Cable
HDMICableHTC-100
StereoAVCableAVC-DC400ST
Y
P
O
Case
C
High-PowerFlash
HF-DC2
Windows/
Macintosh
Computer
TV/
Video
System
CanonPictBridgeCompatiblePrinters
WaterproofCase
WP-DC47
* Alsoavailableforpurchaseseparately.
UseofgenuineCanonaccessoriesisrecommended.
Thisproductisdesignedtoachieveexcellentperformancewhenusedwithgenuine
Canonaccessories.
Canonshallnotbeliableforanydamagetothisproductand/oraccidentssuchasire,
etc.,causedbythemalfunctionofnon-genuineCanonaccessories(e.g.,aleakage
and/orexplosionofabatterypack).Pleasenotethatthiswarrantydoesnotapplyto
repairsarisingoutofthemalfunctionofnon-genuineCanonaccessories,althoughyou
mayrequestsuchrepairsonachargeablebasis.
34
Wireless LAN Guide
Describeshowtosendimageswirelesslyfrom
thecameratoavarietyofcompatibledevices,
andhowtousethecamerawithonline
services
Y
P
O
C
35
What You Can Do With the Wireless
LAN Function
ThiscameraisanapprovedWi-Fi®*product.Youcanwirelesslyconnectto
andsendimagestothefollowingdevices.
*Wi-FiisabrandnamethatindicatesinteroperabilitycertiicationofwirelessLAN
devices.
ConnectingtoWebServices
Videosharingsites
YouTube
E-mail
Social
networking
services
Facebook
Twitter
CANONiMAGEGATEWAYisanonline
photoserviceavailabletothosewho
havepurchasedthisproduct.Ifyou
registerforfreeasamember,you
canuseCANONiMAGEGATEWAY
toaccessvariousWebservices,such
associalnetworkingservicessetona
computer.
ConnectingtoaSmartphone
Sendimagestosmartphonesandtabletcomputersthathave
wirelessfunctions.Youcanalsogeotagyourshotsfroma
connectedsmartphoneortablet.Installationofadedicated
applicationonthesmartphoneortabletisrequired.Seethe
Canonwebsitefordetails.
Y
P
O
C
ConnectingtoAnotherCamera
UsethewirelessfunctiontosendimagesbetweenCanon-brand
cameras.
ConnectingtoaComputer
Usetheincludedsoftwaretowirelesslysendimagesfromthe
cameratoacomputer.RefertotheSoftware Guidefordetails.
ConnectingtoaPrinter
SendimageswirelesslytoaPictBridge-compatibleprinter
(supportingDPSoverIP)toprintthem.
36
Glossary
TermsrelatedtowirelessLANareexplainedhere.Alsorefertothe
explanationsoftermsgivenintherespectivesectionsofthisguide.
• Accesspoint
AdevicethatrelaysradiowavesignalstocreateawirelessLANnetwork.
ThistermalsoreferstoaplacewhereyoucanconnecttotheInternetvia
wirelessLAN.
• Firewall
Thisisasystemthatprotectscomputersfromelectronicviruses,external
unauthorizedaccess,andsecuritythreats.Thisissetinyourwireless
LANrouterorcomputer.
• SSID/ESSID
Numbersandlettersusedtoidentifyaspeciicexistingaccesspoint.This
isalsocalledthe“accesspointname”or“networkname”.
• Encryptionkey
Thisisakeyusedtoencryptdatafortransmissiontoandfromanaccess
point.
• IPaddress
Thisisanaddressusedtoidentifyadevicewithinanetwork.
• MACaddress
Thisisauniqueaddresspre-assignedtoanetworkdevice.Itisalso
referredtoasa“physicaladdress”.
Y
P
O
C
ThecameracanprinttoPictBridge-compatibleprintersvia
wirelessLAN.PictBridgetechnicalstandardsmakeiteasy
toconnectdigitalcameras,printers,andotherdevices
directly.Additionally,anewstandardcalledDPSoverIP
enablesPictBridgeconnectionsinnetworkenvironments,
andthecameraisalsocompatiblewiththisstandard.
37
Wireless LAN Precautions
• ThemodelnumberisPC1819orPC1882
(includingWLANmodulemodelWM217).To
identifyyourmodel,checkthelabelonthe
bottomofthecameraforanumberbeginning
withPC.
• CountriesandRegionsPermittingWLANUse
- UseofWLANisrestrictedinsomecountriesandregions,andillegal
usemaybepunishableundernationalorlocalregulations.Toavoid
violatingWLANregulations,visittheCanonwebsitetocheckwhereuse
isallowed.
NotethatCanoncannotbeheldliableforanyproblemsarisingfrom
WLANuseinothercountriesandregions.
• Doinganyofthefollowingmayincurlegalpenalties:
-Alteringormodifyingtheproduct
-Removingthecertiicationlabelsfromtheproduct
• Accordingtoforeignexchangeandforeigntradelawregulations,export
permission(orservicetransactionpermission)fromtheJapanese
governmentisnecessarytoexportstrategicresourcesorservices
(includingthisproduct)outsideJapan.
Y
P
O
• BecausethisproductincludesAmericanencryptionsoftware,itfalls
underU.S.ExportAdministrationRegulations,andcannotbeexportedto
orbroughtintoacountryunderU.S.tradeembargo.
C
• BesuretomakenotesofthewirelessLANsettingsyouuse.
ThewirelessLANsettingssavedtothisproductmaybeeraseddueto
incorrectoperationoftheproduct,theeffectsofradiowavesorstatic
electricity,accidentormalfunction.Besuretomakenotesofwireless
LANsettingsasaprecaution.PleasenotethatCanonacceptsno
responsibilityfordegradationofcontent,directorindirectdamagesor
lossofrevenuearisingfromuseoftheproduct.
• Whentransferringthisproducttoanotherperson,disposingofit,or
sendingitforrepair,besuretonotethewirelessLANsettingsandreset
theproducttoitsdefaultsettings(erasesettings)ifnecessary.
• Canonwillnotmakecompensationforlossortheftoftheproduct.
Canonacceptsnoresponsibilityfordamagesincurreddueto
unauthorizedaccesstoregistereddata(imagetransferdestinations,etc.)
iftheproductislostorstolen.
38
WirelessLANPrecautions
• Besuretousetheproductasdirectedinthisguide.
BesuretousethewirelessLANfunctionofthisproductwithinthe
guidelinesnotedinthisguide.Canonacceptsnoresponsibilityfor
damagesorlossevenifthefunctionandproductareusedinwaysother
thanasdescribedinthisguide.
• DonotusethewirelessLANfunctionofthisproductnearmedical
equipmentorotherelectronicequipment.
UseofthewirelessLANfunctionnearmedicalequipmentorother
electronicequipmentmayaffectoperationofthosedevices.
Radio Wave Interference Precautions
• Thisproductmayreceiveinterferencefromotherdevicesthatemitradio
waves.Toavoidinterference,besuretousethisproductasfarawayas
possiblefromsuchdevices,oravoidusingthedevicesatthesametime
asthisproduct.
Y
P
O
C
39
WirelessLANPrecautions
FCC/ICNotice
Model:PC1882(includingWLANModuleModelWM217,FCCID:
AZD217)
Theavailablescientiicevidencedoesnotshowthatanyhealthproblems
areassociatedwithusinglowpowerwirelessdevices.Thereisno
proof,however,thattheselowpowerwirelessdevicesareabsolutely
safe.LowpowerWirelessdevicesemitlowlevelsofradiofrequency
energy(RF)inthemicrowaverangewhilebeingused.Whereashigh
levelsofRFcanproducehealtheffects(byheatingtissue),exposure
tolow-levelRFthatdoesnotproduceheatingeffectscausesnoknown
adversehealtheffects.Manystudiesoflow-levelRFexposureshavenot
foundanybiologicaleffects.Somestudieshavesuggestedthatsome
biologicaleffectsmightoccur,butsuchindingshavenotbeencon-i
rmedbyadditionalresearch.Thismodelhasbeentestedandfoundto
complywithFCC/ICradiationexposurelimitssetforthforanuncontrolled
equipmentandmeetstheFCCradiofrequency(RF)ExposureGuidelines
inSupplementCtoOET65andRSS-102oftheICradiofrequency(RF)
Exposurerules.
ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofFCCRulesandIndustryCanada
licence-exemptRSSstandard(s).Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwo
conditions:(1)thisdevicemaynotcauseinterference,and(2)thisdevice
mustacceptanyinterference,includinginterferencethatmaycause
undesiredoperationofthisdevice.
Thistransmittermustnotbeco-locatedoroperatedinconjunctionwith
anyotherantennaortransmitter.
Y
P
O
C
ThisproductisinstalledwiththeWLANModulewhichiscertiiedto
standardssetbyIDASingapore.
40
Security Precautions
SincewirelessLANusesradiowavestotransmitsignals,tightersecurity
precautionsarenecessarythanwhenusingaLANcable.
WhenusingwirelessLAN,keepthefollowingpointsinmind.
• Onlyusenetworksyouareauthorizedtouse.
ThisproductsearchesforwirelessLANnetworksinthevicinityand
displaystheresultsonthescreen.Networksyouarenotauthorizedto
use(unknownnetworks)mayalsobedisplayed.However,connectingto
orattemptingtousethosenetworkscouldberegardedasunauthorized
access.Besuretouseonlynetworksyouareauthorizedtouse,anddo
notattempttoconnecttootherunknownnetworks.
Ifsecuritysettingshavenotbeenproperlyset,thefollowingproblemsmay
occur.
• Transmissionmonitoring
ThirdpartieswithmaliciousintentmaymonitorwirelessLAN
transmissionsandattempttoacquirethedatayouaresending.
• Unauthorizednetworkaccess
Thirdpartieswithmaliciousintentmaygainunauthorizedaccessto
thenetworkyouareusingandsteal,modify,ordestroyinformation.
Additionally,youcouldfallvictimtoothertypesofunauthorizedaccess
suchasimpersonation(wheresomeoneassumesanidentitytogain
accesstounauthorizedinformation)andspringboardattacks(where
someonegainsunauthorizedaccesstoyournetworkasaspringboardto
covertheirtrackswheniniltratingothersystems).
Y
P
O
C
Topreventthesetypesofproblemsfromoccurring,besuretothoroughly
secureyourwirelessLANnetwork.
BesuretousethewirelessLANfunctionofthiscamerawithaproper
understandingofwirelessLANsecurity,andbalanceriskandconvenience
whenadjustingsecuritysettings.
41
Using Wireless LAN to Send Images
From the Camera
Connectthecameraanddestinationwirelessly(imagesenddestination)
Webservices
Another
camera
Smartphone
Computer
Printer
Registeringacameranickname(=43)
•Installingthesupplied
software*1
•Installingthe
suppliedsoftware*1
•Connectingwiththecomputer
•Connectingwiththe
computer
Preparations
•RegisteringWebservices
(=45)
•Preparingto
registeracomputer
(=56)
•Adjustingsettingsforusing
WebservicesfromCANON
iMAGEGATEWAY(=46)
Y
P
O
•Installingthededicated
CameraWindow
applicationonthe
smartphone
C
Connection
(=45)
Addingthetargetdevice/destinationtothecamera
(=50)
(=54)
(=62)
Send/Print/
Import
Sendingimages(=75)
Transferring
imagestoa
computer
(=69)
(=72)
Printing
images
(=72)*2
*1Instructionsinthisguideapplywhenthesoftwarehasbeeninstalledcorrectlyfrom
theincludedCD-ROM(=27).
*2Fordetailedprintinginstructions,see=286.
42
Registering a Camera Nickname (First
time only)
Tostartwith,registeracameranickname.
Thisnicknamewillbedisplayedonthescreenoftargetdeviceswhen
connectingtootherdevicesviawirelessLAN.
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecamera
on.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
2 Accessthekeyboard.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
3 Enteranickname.
zz
Touchcharactersonthekeyboardto
enterthem.
zz
Upto16characterscanbeused.
zz
Touch[q][r]tomovethecursor.
zz
Touch[ ]toentercapitalletters.
zz
Touch[ ]toenternumbersorsymbols.
zz
Touch[ ]todeletetheprevious
C
character.
zz
Eithertouch[
]orpressthe<n>
button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
43
RegisteringaCameraNickname(Firsttimeonly)
• Whenconnectingwirelesslywithanydeviceotherthanacomputer,a
memorycardmustbeinsertedinthecamera.Additionally,thememorycard
mustcontainimagesinorderforyoutoaccessWebservicesorconnecttoa
smartphoneorprinterwirelessly.
• Tochangethecamera’snickname,choose[WirelessLANSettings]onthe
[3]tab,andthenchoose[ChangeDeviceNickname].
• Youcanalsoenterinformationbypressingthe<o><p><q><r>buttons
orturningthe<7>dialtoselectcharacters,andthenpressingthe<m>
>button
button.Movethecursorbyturningthe<y>ring,andpressthe<
todeletecharacters,asneeded.
• ThewirelessLANmenucannotbeaccessedbypressingthe<o>button
duringdetailedinformationdisplay(=219).Toaccessthemenu,irst
switchtheviewingmodebypressingthe<p>button.
Y
P
O
C
44
Connecting to Web Services
SetupthecameratouseavarietyofWebservicesasfollows.
• AcomputerisrequiredforWebservicesettings,startingwithCANON
iMAGEGATEWAY.
• ForinformationoncountriesandregionswhereCANONiMAGE
GATEWAYisavailable,visittheCanonwebsite(http://canon.com/cig).
Registering Web Services
First,signupforafreeCANONiMAGEGATEWAYaccount.
CANONiMAGEGATEWAYoffersvariousservices,suchastheabilityto
shareimagesinanonlinephotoalbum.CANONiMAGEGATEWAYalso
servesasabridgesitetosendimageswirelesslytoe-mailaddresses,
socialnetworkingservices,andotherWebservices.Clickhttp://canon.com/
cig,accesstheappropriateCANONiMAGEGATEWAYsiteforyourcountry
ofresidence,andfollowtheon-screeninstructionstoregisterasamember.
YoucancontinuetoregisterotherWebservicesotherthanCANONiMAGE
GATEWAYtoyouraccount.Forfurtherdetails,checkthewebsitesforeach
webserviceyouwanttoregister.
CANONiMAGEGATEWAY
Y
P
O
In[Camera-linkedinformation],youcancheckarecordofimageuploading
toWebservices,andin[Library],youcanviewtheimagesuploadedby
date.
C
45
ConnectingtoWebServices
• AnInternetconnectionisrequiredtoaccessCANONiMAGE
GATEWAY(anInternetbrowsermustbeinstalledonthecomputer,
youmusthaveanaccountwithanInternetserviceprovider,and
anInternetconnectionmustbeestablished).
• CheckCANONiMAGEGATEWAYforbrowser(MicrosoftInternet
Explorer,etc.)settings,conditionsandversioninformationwhen
connectingtoCANONiMAGEGATEWAY.
• SeparateISPconnectionandaccesspointfeesmaybe
applicable.
Adjusting Settings for Using Web Services
From CANON iMAGE GATEWAY
AdjustaccountsettingsfortheWebservicesyouwanttouse.Because
CameraWindowisusedtoadjustsettings,besuretoinstallitfromthe
includedCD-ROMbeforehand.Installationinstructionscanbefoundin
“IncludedSoftware,PDFManuals”(=27).
Y
P
O
1 Connectthecameratoa
computerwiththeinterface
cable.
zz
WhenusingaWindowscomputer,you
C
canconnectwirelessly,withoutusingan
interfacecable,howeversettingsmustbe
completedbeforehand(=59).
2 StartCameraWindow.
zz
Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecamera
on.
zz
Fordetailsonhowtostart
CameraWindow,see“Using
CameraWindowtoTransferImagestoa
Computer”(=69).
46
ConnectingtoWebServices
3 Choose[SetUpWebServices].
zz
Click[SetUpWebServices].
4 LogintoCANONiMAGE
GATEWAY.
zz
EnteryourCANONiMAGEGATEWAY
loginnameandpassword,andthenclick
[Login].
5 SetaWebserviceyouwantto
Y
P
O
use.
zz
Followtheon-screeninstructionsto
completesettingsforWebservicesyou
wanttouse.
zz
OncetheWebservicesettingsare
complete,click[Finish]atthebottomof
thewindowtocloseit.
C
47
ConnectingtoWebServices
6 ApplyWebservicesettingsto
thecamera.
zz
ChoosethenameoftheWebserviceyou
wanttoset,andclick[ ]inthemiddle
ofthelists.
XX
ThenameoftheWebservicethatwillbe
savedtothecamerawillbedisplayedin
the[Camera]list.
zz
Click[▲]or[▼]tochangetheorderof
theWebservicesthatwillbedisplayedin
thecamera’swirelessLANmenu.
zz
Afteryouinishadjustingsettingsinthe
[Camera]listtoyourliking,closethe
window.
XX
Webservicesettingswillbeappliedto
thecamera.
Y
P
O
• IfCameraWindowisnotdisplayedinstep2,see“UsingCameraWindowto
TransferImagestoaComputer”(=69)fordetails.
• Upto20e-mailaddressescanberegisteredtothecameraforsending
imagesase-mail.
• AfterloggingintoCANONiMAGEGATEWAYthesecondtimeinstep4,the
screeninstep6willbedisplayed.TochangesettingsforWebservicesyou
use,click[EditWebServices].
• ToaddorchangeWebservices,repeattheaboveproceduresstartingfrom
step1.
C
Connecting to Web Services
ConnecttoWebservicesregisteredtothecamera.
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
48
ConnectingtoWebServices
2 ChooseaWebservice.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoosetheiconof
thedestinationWebservice,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Whenyouhaveselectedemail,choose
therecipientonthe[SelectRecipient]
screenandpressthe<m>button.
3 Connecttoanaccesspoint.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddanAccess
Point],andthenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Alistofdetectedaccesspointswillbe
displayedinthe[AccessPointConnect]
screen.
XX
Forfurtherinstructions,see“Preparing
toRegisteraComputer”(=56)or
“ConnectingtoAccessPointsintheList”
(=67).
XX
Forinstructionsafterconnectingtoan
accesspoint,see“AdjustingSettings
forUsingWebServicesFromCANON
iMAGEGATEWAY”(=46).
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
• WhenaconnectiondestinationissetusingtheTouchActionssetting
(=248),youcanautomaticallyaccessthefunctiontoconnecttothelast
connecteddestinationfromthenexttimebyjustdraggingonthescreen
withoutneedingtoperformtheconnectionoperation.
49
Connecting to a Smartphone
AddasmartphonewithwirelessLANfunctionalitytothelistofavailable
devicesasfollows.
Adding a Smartphone
AddasmartphonetoyourlistofdevicestoconnecttoviawirelessLAN.
Whenestablishingawirelessconnectionwithasmartphone,youcaneither
usethecameraasanaccesspoint(CameraAccessPointmode)oruse
anotheraccesspoint.
Followtheseinstructionswhenusingthecameraasanaccesspoint.When
usinganotheraccesspoint,see“ConnectingtoAccessPointsintheList”
(=67).
• BeforeconnectingtoacameraviawirelessLAN,downloadandinstallthe
dedicatedCameraWindow(free)applicationonyoursmartphone.Fordetails
onthisapplication(supportedsmartphonesandincludedfunctions),referto
theCanonwebsite.
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
Y
P
O
2 Chooseasmartphone.
C
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[
thenpressthe<m>button.
50
],and
ConnectingtoaSmartphone
3 Choose[AddaDevice].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddaDevice],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
4 Selectthecameraastheaccess
point.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[SetCameraAs
AccessPoint],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
Y
P
O
C
5 Usethesmartphonetoconnect
tothenetworkdisplayedonthe
camerascreen.
zz
ChoosethedisplayedSSID(network
name)fromthesmartphone’sWi-Fi
settingmenu.
zz
Entertheencryptionkeydisplayedonthe
camerascreenintothepasswordieldon
thesmartphone.
51
ConnectingtoaSmartphone
6 StartCameraWindowonthe
smartphone.
XX
Oncethesmartphoneisrecognizedon
thecamera,thedeviceconnectionscreen
willbedisplayedonthecamera.
7 Chooseasmartphoneto
connectto.
zz
Choosethesmartphoneforthe
connection(eitherbypressingthe
<o><p>buttonsorbyturningthe<7>
dial),andthenpressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
8 Adjusttheprivacysettings.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Yes],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Youcannowusethesmartphoneto
receiveimagessentfromthecamera,
ortogeotagimagesonthecamera
(=78).
XX
Whenthesmartphonehasbeenadded
successfully,theimagetransferscreen
willbedisplayed(=75).
C
52
ConnectingtoaSmartphone
• Allcameraimagescanbeviewedfromtheconnectedsmartphone
whenyouchoose[Yes]instep8.Tokeepcameraimagesprivate,
sothattheycannotbeviewedfromthesmartphone,choose[No]
instep8.
• Theimagequalitylevelformoviesthatcanbesentmaydifferdepending
onthesmartphone.Refertotheinstructionmanualprovidedwithyour
smartphonefordetails.
• Toaddmultiplesmartphones,repeattheaboveproceduresstartingfrom
step1.
• Onceasmartphoneisadded,thesmartphonenamewillbedisplayedon
thescreeninstep3.Toconnecttoasmartphoneagain,simplychoosethe
smartphonenamefromthelist.
• Tochangeprivacysettingsforsmartphonesaddedtothelist,choosethe
smartphonewhosesettingsyouwanttochangefrom[EditaDevice]instep
3,andthenchoose[ViewSettings].
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
• WhenaconnectiondestinationissetusingtheTouchActionssetting
(=248),youcanautomaticallyaccessthefunctiontoconnecttothelast
connecteddestinationfromthenexttimebyjustdraggingonthescreen
withoutneedingtoperformtheconnectionoperation.
Y
P
O
C
53
Connecting to Another Camera
ConnecttwocamerasviawirelessLANandsendimagesbetweenthemas
follows.
Adding a Camera
AddacameratoyourlistofdevicestoconnecttoviawirelessLAN.
• OnlyCanon-brandcamerasequippedwithawirelessLANfunctioncanbe
connectedtowirelessly.EvenCanon-brandcamerasthatsupportEye-Fi
cardscannotbeconnectedtoiftheydonothaveawirelessLANfunction.
YoucannotconnecttoPowerShotSD430DIGITALELPHWIRELESS/
DIGITALIXUSWIRELESScameraswiththiscamera.
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
2 Chooseacamera.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
Y
P
O
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[4],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
C
54
ConnectingtoAnotherCamera
3 Choose[AddaDevice].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddaDevice],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Followsteps1–3onthetargetcamera.
XX
Cameraconnectioninformationwillbe
addedwhen[Startconnectionontarget
camera]isdisplayedonbothcamera
screens.
XX
Whenthetargetcamerahasbeenadded
successfully,theimagetransferscreen
willbedisplayed(=75).
Y
P
O
• Toaddmultiplecameras,repeattheaboveproceduresstartingfromstep1.
• Onceacameraisadded,thecameranamewillbedisplayedonthescreen
instep3.Toconnecttoacameraagain,simplychoosethecameraname
fromthelist.
C
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
• WhenaconnectiondestinationissetusingtheTouchActionssetting
(=248),youcanautomaticallyaccessthefunctiontoconnecttothelast
connecteddestinationfromthenexttimebyjustdraggingonthescreen
withoutneedingtoperformtheconnectionoperation.
55
Connecting to a Computer
Conigurecamerasettingsforawirelesscomputerconnection,andthen
transferimagestothecomputerwirelesslyusingtheincludedsoftware
CameraWindowasfollows.
• Whenconnectedtoacomputer,thecameraisusedtoestablishthe
connectionandthenthecomputer(includedsoftwareCameraWindow)is
usedtotransferimages.
• Fordetailsontheincludedsoftware,seetheSoftware Guide.
Preparing to Register a Computer
Preparetoregisteracomputer.
CheckingtheComputerandWirelessLANSetup
ThecameracanconnecttothefollowingcomputersviawirelessLAN.
Windows
• Windows7ServicePack1
Macintosh
• MacOSX10.6.8orlater
• Windows7StarterandHomeBasiceditionsarenotsupported.
• Windows7N(Europeanversion)andKN(SouthKoreanversion)
requireaseparatedownloadandinstallofWindowsMedia
FeaturePack.
Forfurtherdetails,seethefollowingwebsites.
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=159730
Y
P
O
C
TousewirelessLAN,anaccesspointbaseunit(wirelessLANrouter,etc.)
connectedtoacomputerisrequired.
Additionally,theincludedsoftware,CameraWindowmustbeinstalled.
56
ConnectingtoaComputer
• BesuretouseawirelessLANbaseunitthatconformstostandardslistedon
“Speciications”(=333).
• Arouterisadevicethatcreatesanetwork(LAN)structureforconnecting
multiplecomputers.Arouterthatcontainsaninternalwirelessfunctionis
calledawireless(LAN)router.
• Thisguidewillrefertoallwirelessroutersandbasestationsas“access
points”.
• Whenunsureofyourcomputersetup,refertotheusermanualprovidedwith
thecomputer.
CheckingYourWirelessLANSettings
IfyouarealreadyusingawirelessLAN,checkthefollowingitemsandmark
eachoneonthechecksheet.
• Ifsystemadministratorstatusisneededtoadjustnetworksettings,
contactthesystemadministratorfordetails.
• Thesesettingsareveryimportantfornetworksecurity.Exercise
adequatecautionwhenchangingthesesettings.
• Forinstructionsonhowtochecksettings,refertotheuserguide
includedwithyouraccesspoint.
Y
P
O
Checksheet
C
Networkname(SSID/ESSID)
TheSSIDorESSIDfortheaccesspointyouuse.
○None
○WEP(opensystem
Networkcertiicate/dataencryption
authentication)
(encryptionmethod/encryptionmode)
○WPA-PSK(TKIP)
Themethodforencryptingdataduringwirelesstransmission. ○WPA-PSK(AES)
○WPA2-PSK(TKIP)
○WPA2-PSK(AES)
Encryptionkey(networkkey)
Thekeyusedwhenencryptingdataduringwireless
transmission.
Keyindex(sentkey)
Networkcertiicate/dataencryptionisthesetkeywhenusing ○1
WEP.
57
ConnectingtoaComputer
• IfyouuseMACaddressilteringonyourwirelessLAN,besuretoenter
thecamera’sMACaddresstoyouraccesspoint.YoucanchecktheMAC
addressforyourcamerabychoosingthe[3]tab,[WirelessLANSettings],
andthen[CheckMACAddress].
• Thedifferenttypesofsecurityareasfollows.
-None:Encryptionisnotusedwhenconnectingtoanaccesspoint.
-WEP:AstandardofencryptionsupportedbymostwirelessLANdevices.
-WPA-PSK(TKIP):AnimprovedWEPstandardthatusesTKIPencryption.
-WPA-PSK(AES):AnimprovedWEPstandardthatusesAESencryption.
-WPA2-PSK(TKIP):AnimprovedWPAstandardthatusesTKIPencryption.
-WPA2-PSK(AES):AnimprovedWPAstandardthatusesAESencryption.
• AESuseshighersecuritythanTKIP.
• ThereisnodifferenceinsecuritylevelsbetweenWPAandWPA2.
Y
P
O
C
58
ConnectingtoaComputer
Computer Settings for Connecting to a
Wireless LAN (Windows only)
WhenusingaWindowscomputer,wirelessLANconnectionsettingsonthe
computerarenecessarytoconnecttoacamerawirelessly.
ConirmthatyourcomputerisconnectedtoawirelessLAN,andthenfollow
eachofthenextsteps.
TurningOnMediaStreamingandNetworkDiscovery
Ifyouactivatemediastreaming,thecamerawillbeabletodetectand
searchyourcomputerwhentheyareconnectedwirelessly.
Ifyouactivatenetworkdiscovery,yourcomputerwillbeabletodetectand
searchthecamera.
1 OpentheControlPanelwindow.
zz
Click[ControlPanel]fromtheStartmenu.
2 Choose[NetworkandInternet].
zz
Click[NetworkandInternet].
Y
P
O
3 Choose[NetworkandSharing
C
Center].
zz
Click[NetworkandSharingCenter].
4 Choose[Changeadvanced
sharingsettings].
zz
Click[Changeadvancedsharing
settings].
5 Choose[Choosemedia
streamingoptions...].
zz
Click[Choosemediastreamingoptions...]
forthecurrentproile.
59
ConnectingtoaComputer
6 Turnonmediastreaming.
zz
Click[Turnonmediastreaming].
7 Choose[OK].
zz
Click[OK].
8 Turnonnetworkdiscovery.
zz
Click[Turnonnetworkdiscovery]forthe
currentproile.
9 Savethechanges.
zz
Click[Savechanges].
10 ClosetheControlPanelwindow.
EnablingICMPInboundEchoRequestsandUPnP
Services
Y
P
O
EnablingICMP(InternetControlMessageProtocol)willallowyoutocheck
thenetworkconnectionstatus.
EnablingUPnP(UniversalPlug&Play)willallowthenetworkto
automaticallyrecognizenetworkdevices.
C
1 OpentheControlPanelwindow.
zz
Click[ControlPanel]fromtheStartmenu.
2 Choose[SystemandSecurity].
zz
Click[SystemandSecurity].
60
ConnectingtoaComputer
3 Choose[WindowsFirewall].
zz
Click[WindowsFirewall].
4 Choose[Advancedsettings].
zz
Click[Advancedsettings].
5 Choose[InboundRules].
zz
Click[InboundRules].
6 EnableICMPinboundecho
requests.
zz
Choose[FileandPrinterSharing]items
endingin[ICMPv4],andthenclick
[EnableRule]ontherightsideofthe
window.
7 TurnonUPnPservices.
zz
Choose[WirelessPortableDevices
Y
P
O
(UPnP-In)],andthenclick[EnableRule]
ontherightsideofthewindow.
8 Closethe[WindowsFirewall
C
withAdvancedSecurity]
window.
9 ClosetheControlPanelwindow.
• If[DisableRule]isdisplayedinsteps6–7,theitemisalreadyenabled,and
canbeleftasis.
61
ConnectingtoaComputer
Adding a Computer
AddacomputertoyourlistofdevicestoconnecttoviawirelessLAN.
• Besuretoalsoreadtheuserguideincludedwithyouraccesspoint.
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
2 Chooseacomputer.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[
thenpressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
62
],and
ConnectingtoaComputer
3 Choose[AddaDevice].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddaDevice],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Alistofdetectedaccesspointswillbe
displayedinthe[AccessPointConnect]
screen.
XX
Proceedtoeither“ConnectingtoaWPS
SupportedAccessPoint”(=64)or
“ConnectingtoAccessPointsintheList”
(=67).
XX
Tomanuallychooseandconnecttoan
accesspoint,seethe supplemental
explanationcolumn(=68)in
“ConnectingtoAccessPointsintheList”.
• Onceacomputerisadded,thecomputernamewillbedisplayedonthe
screeninstep3.Toconnecttoacomputeragain,simplychoosethe
computernamefromthelist.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
• WhenaconnectiondestinationissetusingtheTouchActionssetting
(=248),youcanautomaticallyaccessthefunctiontoconnecttothelast
connecteddestinationfromthenexttimebyjustdraggingonthescreen
withoutneedingtoperformtheconnectionoperation.
C
63
ConnectingtoaComputer
ConnectingtoaWPSSupportedAccessPoint
WPS(Wi-FiProtectedSetup)isastructureforsimplifyingsettingswhen
connectingonewirelessLANdevicetoanother.Youcanuseeither
PushButtonConigurationMethodorPINMethodforsettingsonaWPS
supporteddevice.
Thepushbuttonconigurationmethodisusedinthefollowingexplanation.
• Refertotheuserguideprovidedwithyouraccesspointtocheckifitsupports
WPS.
4 Choose[WPSConnection].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[WPSConnection],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
5 Choose[PBCMethod].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[PBCMethod],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
64
ConnectingtoaComputer
6 Establishtheconnection.
zz
Ontheaccesspoint,holddowntheWPS
connectionbuttonforafewseconds.
zz
Onthecamera,pressthe<m>button.
XX
Thecamerawillconnecttotheaccess
point.
XX
Alistofcomputersconnectedtothe
accesspointwillappearinthe[Selecta
Device]screen.
7 Chooseacomputertoconnect
to.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoosethecomputername,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
zz
WhenusingaMacintoshcomputer,
see“UsingCameraWindowtoTransfer
ImagestoaComputer”(=69).
Y
P
O
C
8 Installadriver(Windowsonly).
zz
Onthecomputer,clicktheStartmenu
andchoose[ControlPanel].Click[Adda
device].
65
ConnectingtoaComputer
zz
Doubleclicktheconnectedcameraicon.
XX
Driverinstallationwillbegin.
XX
Afterdriverinstallationiscomplete,and
thecameraandcomputerconnection
isenabled,theAutoPlayscreenwillbe
displayed.Nothingwillbedisplayedon
thecamerascreen.
zz
Proceedto“UsingCameraWindow
toTransferImagestoaComputer”
(=69).
• Ifyouchose[PINMethod]instep5,aPINcodewillbedisplayedonthe
screen.Besuretosetthiscodeintheaccesspoint.Chooseadeviceinthe
[SelectaDevice]screen.Forfurtherdetails,refertotheuserguideincluded
withyouraccesspoint.
• Toaddmultiplecomputers,repeattheaboveproceduresstartingfromstep1.
• Wheninishedaddingcomputers,pressthe<n>buttonontheimage
transmissionscreendisplayedafteryouconnecttoacomputerinstep7.
Choose[OK]aftertheconirmationmessage,andthenpressthe<m>
button.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
C
66
ConnectingtoaComputer
ConnectingtoAccessPointsintheList
4 Chooseanaccesspoint.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanaccesspoint,and
thenpressthe<m>button.
5 Enteranencryptionkey.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontoaccessthe
keyboard,andthenentertheencryption
key(=43).
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Next],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
6 Choose[Auto].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Auto],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
Alistofotherdevicesconnectedtothe
accesspointwillappearinthe[Selecta
Device]screen.
67
ConnectingtoaComputer
7 Chooseacomputertoconnect
to.
zz
Choosethecomputertoconnectto,
followingsteps7–8on=65.The
computerisnowaddedtothelist.
• Upto16accesspointswillbedisplayed.Ifnoaccesspointsaredetected,
choose[ManualSettings]instep4tomanuallysetanaccesspoint.
Followon-screeninstructionsandenteranSSID,securitysettings,andan
encryptionkey.
• [***]isdisplayedfortheencryptionkeyinstep5whenthesameaccess
pointisusedtoconnecttoanotherdevice.Tousethesameencryptionkey,
choose[Next](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial)and
pressthe<m>button.
• Toaddmultiplecomputers,repeattheaboveproceduresstartingfromstep1.
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
Y
P
O
C
68
ConnectingtoaComputer
Using CameraWindow to Transfer Images to a
Computer
Usethecomputer(includedsoftwareCameraWindow)totransferimages
fromthecameratothecomputer.
• FordetailsonhowtouseCameraWindow,seetheSoftware Guide
(=27).
StartCameraWindow
Windows
zz
Click[DownloadsImagesFromCanon
CamerausingCanonCameraWindow].
XX
CameraWindowwillbedisplayed.
XX
Proceedto“ImportingUntransferred
ImagestoaComputer”(=70)or
“ChoosingImagestoImport”(=71).
Macintosh
Y
P
O
XX
CameraWindowwillbeautomatically
C
displayedwhenawirelessconnection
isestablishedbetweenthecameraand
computer.
• IfCameraWindowisnotdisplayedwhenusingaMacintoshcomputer,click
theCameraWindowiconintheDock.
69
ConnectingtoaComputer
ImportingUntransferredImagestoaComputer
Importimagestoacomputerthathavenotyetbeentransferred.
Importuntransferredimages.
zz
Click[ImportImagesfromCamera].
zz
Click[ImportUntransferredImages].
XX
Imagesthathavenotyetbeentransferred
toacomputerwillbeimported.
zz
Click[OK]inthescreenthatisdisplayed
afterimageimportiscomplete.
• CameraWindowdefaultsettingswillsaveimagestothePicturesorMy
Picturesfoldersonacomputer.Fordetailsonhowtochangethedestination
foldersforsavedimages,seetheSoftware Guide(=27).
• Ifyouclick[ImportAllImages],allimagesonthecamerawillbeimported.
• Movieswilltakelongertoimportsincetheilesizeislargerthanstillimages.
• Todisconnectfromthecamera,turnoffthecamera.
Y
P
O
C
70
ConnectingtoaComputer
ChoosingImagestoImport
Choosewhicheverimagesyouliketoimporttoacomputer.
1 Displaytheimageimport
screen.
zz
Click[ImportImagesfromCamera].
zz
Click[SelectImagestoImport].
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Clickimagesyouwanttoimport.
XX
Thebackgroundofselectedimages
willturnblue.Click[ ]todeselectthe
images,andthebackgroundwillturn
gray.
Y
P
O
3 Importimages.
zz
Click[
C
](import).
XX
Theselectedimageswillbeimportedto
thecomputer.
zz
Click[OK]inthescreenthatisdisplayed
afterimageimportiscomplete.
• CameraWindowdefaultsettingswillsaveimagestothePicturesorMy
Picturesfoldersonacomputer.Fordetailsonhowtochangethedestination
foldersforsavedimages,seetheSoftware Guide(=27).
• Movieswilltakelongertoimportsincetheilesizeislargerthanstillimages.
• Todisconnectfromthecamera,turnoffthecamera.
71
Connecting to a Printer
Addawirelessprintertothelistofavailabledevicesasfollows.
Adding a Printer
AddaprintertoyourlistofdevicestoconnecttoviawirelessLAN.
Whenestablishingawirelessconnectionwithaprinter,youcaneitheruse
thecameraasanaccesspoint(CameraAccessPointmode)oruseanother
accesspoint.
• Followtheseinstructionswhenusingthecameraasanaccesspoint.When
usinganotheraccesspoint,see“ConnectingtoAccessPointsintheList”
(=67)in“AddingaComputer”.
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
2 Chooseaprinter.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
Y
P
O
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[2],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
C
72
ConnectingtoaPrinter
3 Choose[AddaDevice].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddaDevice],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
4 Selectthecameraastheaccess
point.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[SetCameraAs
AccessPoint],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
Y
P
O
C
5 Usetheprintertoconnectto
thenetworkdisplayedonthe
camerascreen.
zz
ChoosethedisplayedSSID(network
name)fromtheprinter’sWi-Fisetting
menu.
73
ConnectingtoaPrinter
6 Choosetheprinter.
zz
Oncetheprinterisreadyforthe
connection,pressthe<m>buttonwhen
theprinternameisdisplayedonthe
camera.
XX
Whentheprinterhasbeenadded
successfully,theprintingscreenwillbe
displayed.
7 Chooseanimagetoprint.
zz
Chooseanimagetoprint(eitherby
pressingthe<q><r>buttonsorby
turningthe<7>dial),andthenpress
the<m>buttontoaccesstheprinting
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Print],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
Printingnowbegins.
zz
Fordetailedprintinginstructions,see
=286.
Y
P
O
C
• Onceaprinterisadded,theprinternamewillbedisplayedonthescreenin
step3.Toconnecttoaprinteragain,simplychoosetheprinternamefrom
thelist.
• WhenaconnectiondestinationissetusingtheTouchActionssetting
(=248),youcanautomaticallyaccessthefunctiontoconnecttothelast
connecteddestinationfromthenexttimebyjustdraggingonthescreen
withoutneedingtoperformtheconnectionoperation.
74
Sending Images
Sendimageswirelesslytodestinationsregisteredonthecameraasfollows.
• Imagescanbeuploadedtosocialnetworkingservicesorsenttoemail
addresses,viaCANONiMAGEGATEWAY.SeeCANONiMAGEGATEWAY
fordetails.
• Youcansendupto50imagestogetherwithonesendoperation.Youcan
sendmoviestogetheraslongasthetotalplaybacktimeiswithin2minutes.
However,ifthedestinationisaWebservice,thenumberofmoviesand
imagesthatcanbesentmaybelessdependingontheWebservice.Seethe
desiredWebservicefordetails.
• Dependingontheconditionofthenetworkyouareusing,itmaytakealong
timetosendmovies.Besuretokeepaneyeonthecamerabatterylevel.
• Whenconnectedtoacomputer,imagesaretransferredusingthecomputer
(includedsoftwareCameraWindow)insteadofthecamera(=69).
Sending Images Individually
1 Chooseanimage.
zz
Turnthe<7>dialtochooseanimage
tosend.
Y
P
O
2 Sendtheimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose
[Sendthisimage],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
WhenuploadingtoYouTube,readthe
termsofservice,choose[IAgree],and
pressthe<m>button.
XX
Imagetransferwillbegin.
XX
AfterimagesareuploadedtoaWeb
service,[OK]isdisplayed.Pressthe
<m>buttontoreturntotheplayback
screen.
XX
Aftersendingimagestoacamera
orsmartphone,[Imagesent]willbe
displayed,andthedisplaywillreturnto
theimagetransferscreen.
C
75
SendingImages
• Todisconnectfromthecamera,pressthe<n>button,andafterthe
conirmationmessage,choose[OK](eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dial)andpressthe<m>button.
• Onthescreen,wirelesssignalstrengthisindicatedbythefollowingicons.
[ ]high,[ ]medium,[ ]low,[ ]weak
However,noiconisdisplayedwhenthecameraisusedasanaccesspoint.
• Youcanalsosendimagesbytouching[Sendthisimage].
ChoosingtheImageResolution(Size)
Onthescreendescribedon=75,youcanchoosetheresolution(size)
ofimagestosendbypressingthe<o><p>buttons.
• Tosendimagesatoriginalsize,select[No]astheresizingoption.
• Choosing[ ]or[ ]willresizeimagesthatarelargerthantheselected
sizebeforesending.
Y
P
O
• Moviescannotberesized.
Sending Multiple Images
C
1 Choose[Selectandsend].
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose
[Selectandsend],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
76
SendingImages
2 Chooseimages.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsto
chooseanimagetosend,andthenpress
the<m>button.[ ]isdisplayed.
zz
Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>
buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Repeatthisprocesstochooseadditional
images.
zz
Afteryouinishchoosingimages,press
the<n>button.
3 Sendtheimages.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Send],andthen
pressthe<m>button(=75).
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsochooseimagesinstep2bypressingthezoomlevertwice
toward<k>toaccesssingle-imagedisplayandthenpressingthe<q><r>
buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.
• Instep3,youcanchoosetheresolution(size)toresizeimagestobefore
sending(=76).
• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2bytouching[Selectandsend]in
step1,andsendimagesbytouching[Send]instep3.
• Youcanalsochooseimagesbytouchingthemonthescreeninstep2.
]willdisplaythescreeninstep3.
Touching[
77
Geotagging Images on the Camera
GPSdatarecordedonasmartphoneusingthededicatedCameraWindow
application(=50)canbeaddedtoimagesonthecamera.Imagesare
taggedwithinformationincludingthelatitude,longitude,andelevation.
• Beforeshooting,makesurethedateandtimeandyourhome
timezonearesetcorrectly.(See“SettingtheDateandTime”
(=18).)Additionally,in[TimeZone](=264),specifyany
shootingdestinationsthatareinothertimezones.
• Thesmartphoneyouwilluseforgeotaggingmustbeauthorizedto
viewtheimagesonthecamera(=52).
• Othersmaybeabletolocateoridentifyyoubyusinglocationdata
inyourgeotaggedstillimagesormovies.Becarefulwhensharing
theseimageswithothers,aswhenpostingimagesonlinewhere
manyotherscanviewthem.
Other Information
EditorerasewirelessLANsettingsasfollows.
Y
P
O
Editing Connection Information
Editconnectioninformationsavedtothecamera.Youcanchangedevice
nicknames(displaynames)thataredisplayedonthecamera,anderase
connectioninformation.
Thefollowingexplainstheprocedurewhenthetargetdeviceisacomputer.
C
1 AccessthewirelessLAN
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.
78
OtherInformation
2 Chooseadevicetoedit.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttons
orturnthe<7>dialtochoosetheicon
ofthedevicetoedit,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
3 Choose[EditaDevice].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[EditaDevice],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
4 Chooseadevicetoedit.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoosethedevicetoedit,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
79
OtherInformation
5 Chooseanoptiontoedit.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanoptiontoedit,and
thenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Forinstructionsonerasingconnection
informationorchangingnicknames,see
“ErasingConnectionInformation”and
latersections,below.
• Editableitemsdifferdependingonthedeviceordestination.
Webservices
•Eraseconnectioninformation(accesspoints)
Smartphones
•Changenicknamethatisdisplayedonthecamera
•Changeprivacysettingsforimages
•Eraseconnectioninformation
Anothercamera/
computer/
printer
•Changenicknamethatisdisplayedonthecamera
•Eraseconnectioninformation
Y
P
O
• Connectioninformationreferstoinformationonhowthecameraconnectsto
anotherdeviceordestination.
C
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
ErasingConnectionInformation
6 Choose[Select&Delete
ConnectionInfo].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Select&Delete
ConnectionInfo],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
Whenthetargetdeviceisacamera,
pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[EraseAllConnection
Info],andthenpressthe<m>button.
80
OtherInformation
7 Choosetheconnectioninfoto
delete.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturn
the<7>dialtochoosetheconnection
informationtoerase,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
When[Erase(connectioninformation)?]
isdisplayed,pressthe<q><r>buttons
orturnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Theselectedconnectioninformationwill
beerased.
XX
Thedisplayrevertstothescreeninstep
6.
Y
P
O
• Whenyoueraseallconnectioninformationfromatargetdevice,itisno
longerlisted,andthedisplayrevertstothescreeninstep4.
• Whenyouerasealltargetdevices,thedisplayrevertstothescreeninstep3.
• Toeraseallconnectioninformationforadeviceatonce,choose[EraseAll
ConnectionInfo]instep6.
C
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
81
OtherInformation
ChangingaDeviceNickname
Youcanchangethedevicenickname(displayname)thatisdisplayedon
thecamera.
6 Changethenickname.
zz
Choose[ChangeDeviceNickname].
zz
Selecttheinputieldandpressthe<m>
button.Usethekeyboarddisplayedto
enteranewnickname(=43).
XX
Thecamerawillreturntothedisplayin
step4andthenewnicknamewillbe
displayed.
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
Y
P
O
Returning the Wireless LAN Settings to Default
C
ReturnthewirelessLANsettingstodefaultifyoutransferownershipofthe
cameratoanotherperson,ordisposeofit.
1 Accessthemenu.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.
2 Choose[WirelessLANSettings].
zz
Movethezoomlevertochoosethe[3]
tab.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturn
the<7>dialtochoose[WirelessLAN
Settings],andthenpressthe<m>button.
82
OtherInformation
3 Choose[ResetSettings].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[ResetSettings],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Whenthe[ResetSettings]screenis
displayed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[OK],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
XX
WirelessLANsettingswillberesetto
defaults,andthecamerawillreturnto
initialscreenforthissetting.
• WhenreturningthewirelessLANsettingstodefaults,allWebservicesset
usingacomputerwillalsobeerasedfromthecamera.Besuretoconirm
thatyouwanttoresetallwirelessLANsettingsbeforeusingthisoption.
• Toresetothersettings(asidefromwirelessLAN)todefaults,choose[Reset
All]inthe[3]tab.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingthroughtouch-screenoperations
(=91).
C
83
Y
P
O
C
84
Advanced Guide
1
Camera Basics
Practicalguidethatintroducesothercamerabasicsand
describesshootingandplaybackoptions
Y
P
O
C
85
On/Off
ShootingMode
zz
Pressthepowerbuttontoturnthe
cameraonandprepareforshooting.
zz
Toturnthecameraoff,pressthepower
buttonagain.
PlaybackMode
zz
Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecamera
onandviewyourshots.
zz
Toturnthecameraoff,pressthe<1>
buttonagain.
• ToswitchtoPlaybackmodefromShootingmode,pressthe<1>button.
• ToswitchtoShootingmodefromPlaybackmode,presstheshutterbutton
halfway(=87).
• Thelenswillberetractedafteraboutoneminute,oncethecameraisin
Playbackmode,andthelashwillbeloweredifitwasup.Youcanturnthe
cameraoffwhenthelensisretractedbypressingthe<1>button.
Y
P
O
Power-Saving Features (Auto Power Down)
Asawaytoconservebatterypower,thecameraautomaticallydeactivates
thescreen(DisplayOff)andthenturnsitselfoffafteraspeciicperiodof
inactivity.
C
PowerSavinginShootingMode
Thescreenisautomaticallydeactivatedafteraboutoneminuteofinactivity.
Inabouttwomoreminutes,thelensisretractedandthecameraturnsitself
off.Toactivatethescreenandprepareforshootingwhenthescreenisoff
butthelensisstillout,presstheshutterbuttonhalfway(=87).
PowerSavinginPlaybackMode
Thecameraturnsitselfoffautomaticallyafteraboutiveminutesof
inactivity.
• Adjustthetimingofautomaticcameraandscreendeactivationasneeded
(=271).
• Powersavingisnotactivewhilethecameraisconnectedtoacomputervia
USB(=31),orwhenconnectedtootherdeviceswirelessly(=35).
86
Shutter Button
Toensureyourshotsareinfocus,alwayspresstheshutterbuttonlightly
(halfway)initially.Oncethesubjectisinfocus,pressthebuttonalltheway
downtoshoot.
Inthismanual,shutterbuttonoperationsaredescribedaspressingthe
buttonhalfwayorall the way down.
1 Presshalfway.(Presslightlyto
focus.)
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.The
camerabeepstwice,andAFframesare
displayedaroundimageareasinfocus.
2 Pressallthewaydown.(From
thehalfwayposition,pressfully
toshoot.)
XX
Thecamerashoots,asashuttersound
isplayed.
Y
P
O
zz
Keepthecamerastilluntiltheshutter
soundends.
• Imagesmaybeoutoffocusifyoushootwithoutinitiallypressing
theshutterbuttonhalfway.
• Lengthofshuttersoundplaybackvariesdependingonthetime
requiredfortheshot.Itmaytakelongerinsomeshootingscenes,
andimageswillbeblurryifyoumovethecamera(orthesubject
moves)beforetheshuttersoundends.
C
87
Shooting Modes
Usethemodedialtoaccesseachshootingmode.
P,Tv,Av,M,andCModes
Takeavarietyofshotsusing
yourpreferredsettings
(=165,201).
AutoMode
Fullyautomaticshooting,
withcamera-determined
settings(=96).
MovieDigestMode
Youcanmakeashortmovieofaday
justbyshootingstillimages(=136).
SceneMode
Shootwithoptimalsettingsforspeciic
scenes(=137).
CreativeFiltersMode
Addavarietyofeffectstoimageswhen
shooting(=142).
MovieMode
Forshootingmovies(=161).
Youcanalsoshootmovies
whenthemodedialisnot
settoMoviemode,simplyby
pressingthemoviebutton.
Y
P
O
Shooting Display Options
Pressthe<p>buttontoviewotherinformationonthescreen,ortohide
theinformation.Fordetailsontheinformationdisplayed,see=314.
C
Informationis
displayed
Noinformationis
displayed
• Screenbrightnessisautomaticallyincreasedbythenightdisplayfunction
whenyouareshootingunderlowlight,makingiteasiertocheckhowshots
arecomposed.However,on-screenimagebrightnessmaynotmatchthe
brightnessofyourshots.Notethatanyon-screenimagedistortionorjerky
subjectmotionwillnotaffectrecordedimages.
• Forplaybackdisplayoptions,see=219.
88
FUNC. Menu
ConigurecommonlyusedshootingfunctionsthroughtheFUNC.menuas
follows.
Notethatmenuitemsandoptionsvarydependingontheshootingmode
(=320–323).
1 AccesstheFUNC.menu.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseamenuitem.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoosea
menuitem.
XX
Availableoptionsareshownatthebottom
ofthescreen.
Y
P
O
Options
MenuItems
3 Chooseanoption.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
C
<7>dialtochooseanoption.
]iconcan
beconiguredbypressingthe<n>
button.
zz
Optionslabeledwitha[
4 Finishthesetupprocess.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
XX
Thescreenbeforeyoupressedthe
<m>buttoninstep1isdisplayedagain,
showingtheoptionyouconigured.
• Toundoanyaccidentalsettingchanges,youcanrestorethecamera’s
defaultsettings(=276).
89
FUNC.Menu
UsingTouch-ScreenOperationstoConigureSettings
zz
AccesstheFUNC.menubypressingthe
Options
MenuItems
<m>button,andtheneitherdragthe
menuupordowntoscrollit,ortouchan
itemtochooseit.
zz
Touchanoptiontochooseit.Touchthe
optionagaintoconirmyourchoice,and
thenpressthe<m>buttontoreturnto
thepreviousscreen.
zz
Youcanaccessthescreenforoptions
]iconbytouching
labeledwitha[
].
[
Y
P
O
C
90
MENU Menu
Conigureavarietyofcamerafunctionsthroughothermenusasfollows.
Menuitemsaregroupedbypurposeontabs,suchasshooting[4],
playback[1],andsoon.Notethatavailablesettingsvarydependingon
theselectedshootingorplaybackmode(=324–330).
1 Accessthemenu.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.
2 Chooseatab.
zz
Movethezoomlevertochooseatab.
zz
Afteryouhavepressedthe<o><p>
buttonstochooseatabinitially,youcan
switchbetweentabsbypressingthe
<q><r>buttons.
Y
P
O
C
3 Chooseasetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseasetting.
zz
Tochoosesettingswithoptionsnot
shown,irstpressthe<m>or<r>
buttontoswitchscreens,andtheneither
pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtoselectthesetting.
zz
Toreturntothepreviousscreen,press
the<n>button.
91
MENUMenu
4 Chooseanoption.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosean
option.
5 Finishthesetupprocess.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontoreturntothe
screendisplayedbeforeyoupressedthe
<n>buttoninstep1.
• Toundoanyaccidentalsettingchanges,youcanrestorethecamera’s
defaultsettings(=276).
Touch-ScreenOperations
zz
Toaccesstabs,pressthe<n>buttontoaccessthemenu,and
Y
P
O
thentouchthedesiredtab.
zz
Dragthesettingsupordowntoscrollthem,ortouchasettingto
chooseit.
zz
Touchanoptiontochooseit.Settingsshownwith[q][r]iconsoneither
sidecanalsobeconiguredbytouchingtheseicons.
zz
Foroptionsdisplayedwithabartoindicatethelevel,touchthedesired
positiononthebar.
zz
Toconiguresettingsforwhichoptionsarenotshown,irsttouchthe
settingtoaccessthesettingscreen.Onthesettingscreen,eitherdrag
ortouchtochoosethesettingitem,andthentouchtochoosethe
option.Toreturntothepreviousscreen,touch[
].
zz
Youcanalsotouchinputelements(suchascheckboxesortextields)
toselectthem,andyoucanentertextbytouchingtheon-screen
keyboard.
zz
When[ ]isshown,youcantouch[ ]insteadofpressingthe<m>
button,ifyouprefer.
zz
When[
]isshown,youcantouch[
]insteadofpressingthe
<n>button,ifyouprefer.
zz
Todismissthemenu,pressthe<n>buttonagain.
C
92
Indicator Display
Theindicatorofthecamera(=5)lightsuporblinksdependingonthe
camerastatus.
Indicator
Color
Indicator
Status
Connectedtoacomputer(=31),ordisplay
off(=86,271)
On
Indicator
(onback)
Green
Indicator
(ontop)
Blue
CameraStatus
Startingup,recording/reading/transmitting
Blinking images,orshootinglongexposures(=202,
204)
On
WirelessLANconnectionestablished
WirelessLANconnectionordatatransferin
Blinking
progress
• Whentheindicatorblinksgreen,neverturnthecameraoff,open
thememorycard/batterycover,orshakeorjoltthecamera,which
maycorruptimagesordamagethecameraormemorycard.
Clock
Y
P
O
Youcancheckthecurrenttime.
zz
Pressandholdthe<m>button.
XX
Thecurrenttimeappears.
C
zz
Ifyouholdthecameraverticallywhile
usingtheclockfunction,itwillswitch
toverticaldisplay.Pressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochange
thedisplaycolor.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttonagaintocancel
theclockdisplay.
• Whenthecameraisoff,pressandholdthe<m>button,thenpressthe
powerbuttontodisplaytheclock.
93
Y
P
O
C
94
2
Smart Auto Mode
Convenientmodeforeasyshotswithgreatercontrol
overshooting
Y
P
O
C
95
StillImages
Movies
Shooting (Smart Auto)
Forfullyautomaticselectionatoptimalsettingsforspeciicscenes,simply
letthecameradeterminethesubjectandshootingconditions.
1 Turnthecameraon.
zz
Pressthepowerbutton.
XX
Thestartupscreenisdisplayed.
2 Enter<A>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<A>.
zz
Aimthecameraatthesubject.The
camerawillmakeaslightclickingnoise
asitdeterminesthescene.
XX
Iconsrepresentingthesceneandimage
stabilizationmodearedisplayedinthe
upperrightofthescreen(=101,103).
XX
Framesdisplayedaroundanydetected
subjectsindicatethattheyareinfocus.
Y
P
O
3 Composetheshot.
C
zz
Tozoominandenlargethesubject,move
ZoomBar
FocusRange(approx.)
96
thezoomlevertoward<i>(telephoto),
andtozoomawayfromthesubject,move
ittoward<j>(wideangle).(Azoombar
showingthezoompositionisdisplayed.)
Shooting(SmartAuto)
4 Shoot.
ShootingStillImages
Focus.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.The
camerabeepstwiceafterfocusing,and
AFframesaredisplayedtoindicate
imageareasinfocus.
XX
SeveralAFframesaredisplayedwhen
multipleareasareinfocus.
XX
Thelashautomaticallyrisesinlow-light
conditions.
Shoot.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonalltheway
down.
XX
Asthecamerashoots,ashuttersoundis
Y
P
O
played,andinlow-lightconditionswhen
thelashisup,itiresautomatically.
zz
Keepthecamerastilluntiltheshutter
soundends.
XX
Yourshotisonlydisplayeduntilthe
cameraisreadytoshootagain.
C
97
Shooting(SmartAuto)
ShootingMovies
Startshooting.
zz
Pressthemoviebutton.Thecamera
ElapsedTime
beepsonceasrecordingbegins,and
[ Rec]isdisplayedwiththeelapsedtime.
XX
Blackbarsdisplayedonthetopand
bottomedgesofthescreenindicate
imageareasnotrecorded.
XX
Framesdisplayedaroundanydetected
facesindicatethattheyareinfocus.
zz
Oncerecordingbegins,youcantakeyour
ingeroffthemoviebutton.
Resizethesubjectand
recomposetheshotasneeded.
zz
Toresizethesubject,dothesamething
asinstep3on=96.However,note
thatthesoundofcameraoperationswill
berecorded,andmoviesshotatzoom
factorsshowninbluewilllookgrainy.
zz
Whenyourecomposeshots,the
focus,brightness,andcolorswillbe
automaticallyadjusted.
Y
P
O
C
Finishshooting.
zz
Pressthemoviebuttonagaintostop
shooting.Thecamerabeepstwiceas
recordingstops.
zz
Recordingwillstopautomaticallywhen
thememorycardbecomesfull.
StillImages/Movies
• Torestorecamerasoundifyouhaveaccidentallydeactivatedit(by
holdingthe<p>buttondownwhileturningthecameraon),press
the<n>buttonandchoose[Mute]onthe[3]tab,andthen
pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose[Off].
98
Shooting(SmartAuto)
StillImages
• Alashing[ ]iconwarnsthatimagesaremorelikelytobeblurred
bycamerashake.Inthiscase,mountthecameraonatripodor
takeothermeasurestokeepitstill.
• Ifyourshotsaredarkdespitethelashiring,movecloserto
thesubject.Fordetailsonthelashrange,see“Speciications”
(=333).
• Thesubjectmaybetoocloseifthecameraonlybeepsoncewhen
youpresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Fordetailsonthefocusing
range(shootingrange),see“Speciications”(=333).
• Toreducered-eyeandtoassistinfocusing,thelampmaybe
activatedwhenshootinginlow-lightconditions.
• Ablinking[h]icondisplayedwhenyouattempttoshootindicates
thatshootingisnotpossibleuntilthelashhasinishedrecharging.
Shootingcanresumeassoonasthelashisready,soeitherpress
theshutterbuttonallthewaydownandwait,orreleaseitand
pressitagain.
• TheshuttersoundwillnotbeplayedwhentheSleepingand
Babies(Sleeping)icons(=101)aredisplayed.
• Restartthecameraifthemessage[Wronglashposition.Restart
thecamera]displayed,whichindicatesthatyouringerorsome
otherobjectisobstructingthemovementofthelash.
Y
P
O
C
• Thelashiringduringshotsindicatesthatthecamerahasautomatically
attemptedtoensureoptimalcolorsinthemainsubjectandbackground
(Multi-areaWhiteBalance).
99
Shooting(SmartAuto)
Movies
• Keepyouringersawayfromthe
microphonewhileshootingmovies.
Blockingthemicrophonemayprevent
audiofrombeingrecordedormay
causetherecordingtosoundmufled.
Microphone
• Avoidtouchingcameracontrolsotherthanthemoviebuttonwhen
shootingmovies,becausesoundsmadebythecamerawillbe
recorded.
• Tocorrectsuboptimalimagecolorthatmayoccurin[ ]movie
shooting(=127)afteryourecomposeshots,pressthemovie
buttontostoprecording,andthenpressitagaintoresume
recording.
• Audioisrecordedinstereo.
Y
P
O
C
100
Shooting(SmartAuto)
StillImages
Movies
Scene Icons
In<A>mode,shootingscenesdeterminedbythecameraareindicated
bytheicondisplayed,andcorrespondingsettingsareautomatically
selectedforoptimalfocusing,subjectbrightness,andcolor.Dependingon
thescene,continuousimagesmaybeshot(=102).
Subject
Background
Normal
Backlit
Dark*
Sunsets Spotlights
–
People
InMotion
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Smiling
–
–
–
Sleeping
–
–
–
Babies
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
InMotion
–
–
–
AtCloseRange
–
–
ShadowsonFace
Y
P
O
Smiling
Sleeping
Children(InMotion)
C
OtherSubjects
*TripodUsed
Thebackgroundcoloroficonsislightbluewhenthebackgroundisabluesky,
darkbluewhenthebackgroundisdark,andgrayforallotherbackgrounds.
Thebackgroundcoloroficonsislightbluewhenthebackgroundisabluesky,
andgrayforallotherbackgrounds.
•Thebackgroundcolorof[ ],[ ],[ ],[ ],and[ ]isdarkblue,andthe
backgroundcolorof[ ]isorange.
•Whenshootingmovies,onlyPeople,OtherSubjects,andAtCloseRangeiconswill
bedisplayed.
•Whenshootingwiththeself-timer,People(InMotion),Smiling,Sleeping,Babies
(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),Children,OtherSubjects(InMotion)iconswillnotbe
displayed.
101
Shooting(SmartAuto)
•Whenthedrivemodeissetto[ ](=179),andwhen[HgLampCorr.]issetto
[On]andscenesareautomaticallycorrected(=126),Smiling,Sleeping,Babies
(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),andChildreniconswillnotbedisplayed.
•Ifthelashissetto[ ],theBackliticonsforSmilingandChildrenwillnotbe
displayed.
•Babies,Babies(Smiling),Babies(Sleeping),andChildreniconswillbedisplayed
when[FaceID]issetto[On],andthefaceofaregisteredbaby(undertwoyearsold)
orchild(fromtwototwelveyearsold)isdetected(=113).Conirmbeforehandthat
thedateandtimearecorrect(=18).
• Tryshootingin<G>mode(=165)ifthesceneicondoesnot
matchactualshootingconditions,orifitisnotpossibletoshoot
withyourexpectedeffect,color,orbrightness.
ContinuousShootingScenes
Ifyoushootastillimagewhenthefollowingiconsaredisplayed,thecamera
willshootcontinuously.Ifyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwaywhenoneof
theiconsinthetablebelowisdisplayed,oneofthefollowingiconswillbe
displayedtoinformyouthatthecamerawillshootcontinuousimages:[ ],
[ ],or[W].
Y
P
O
Smiling(includingBabies)
: Consecutiveimagesarecaptured,andthecamera
analyzesdetailssuchasfacialexpressionstosave
theimagedeterminedtobethebest.
Sleeping(includingBabies)
: Beautifulshotsofsleepingfaces,createdby
combiningconsecutiveshotstoreducecamera
shakeandimagenoise.TheAFassistbeamwillnot
lightup,thelashwillnotire,andtheshuttersound
willnotbeplayed.
C
Children
W: Soyoudon’tmissaphotoopportunityofchildren
whomovearound,thecamerawillcapturethree
consecutiveimagesforeachshot.
• Insomescenes,expectedimagesmaynotbesaved,andimages
maynotlookasexpected.
• Focus,imagebrightness,andcoloraredeterminedbytheirstshot.
• Whenyouwanttoshootsingleimagesonly,pressthe<m>button,choose
[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[ ].
102
Shooting(SmartAuto)
StillImages
Movies
Image Stabilization Icons
Optimalimagestabilizationfortheshootingconditionsisautomatically
applied(IntelligentIS).Additionally,thefollowingiconsaredisplayedin
<A>mode.
Imagestabilizationforstill
images
Imagestabilizationformovies,
reducingstrongcamerashake,
aswhenshootingwhilewalking
(DynamicIS)
Imagestabilizationforstill
images,whenpanning*
Imagestabilizationforslow
camerashake,suchaswhen
shootingmoviesattelephoto
(PoweredIS)
Imagestabilizationformacro
shots(HybridIS)
Noimagestabilization,because
thecameraismountedon
atripodorheldstillbyother
means
*Displayedwhenyoupan,followingmovingsubjectswiththecamera.Whenyoufollow
subjectsmovinghorizontally,imagestabilizationonlycounteractsverticalcamera
shake,andhorizontalstabilizationstops.Similarly,whenyoufollowsubjectsmoving
vertically,imagestabilizationonlycounteractshorizontalcamerashake.
Y
P
O
• Tocancelimagestabilization,set[ISMode]to[Off](=199).Inthiscase,
anISiconisnotdisplayed.
C
103
Shooting(SmartAuto)
StillImages
Movies
On-Screen Frames
Avarietyofframesaredisplayedoncethecameradetectssubjectsyouare
aimingthecameraat.
• Awhiteframeisdisplayedaroundthesubject(orperson’sface)
determinedbythecameratobethemainsubject,andgrayframesare
displayedaroundotherdetectedfaces.Framesfollowmovingsubjects
withinacertainrangetokeeptheminfocus.
However,ifthecameradetectssubjectmovement,onlythewhiteframe
willremainonthescreen.
• Whenyouarepressingtheshutterbuttonhalfwayandthecamera
detectssubjectmovement,ablueframeisdisplayed,andthefocusand
imagebrightnessareconstantlyadjusted(ServoAF).
• Tryshootingin<G>mode(=165)ifnoframesaredisplayed,if
framesarenotdisplayedarounddesiredsubjects,orifframesare
displayedonthebackgroundorsimilarareas.
Y
P
O
• Tochoosesubjectstofocuson,touchthedesiredsubjectonthescreen.
]isdisplayed,andthecameraentersTouchAFmode.Pressingthe
[
shutterbuttonhalfwaywilldisplayablueAFframe,andthecamerawillkeep
thesubjectinfocusandimagebrightnessadjusted(ServoAF).
• TouchAFisnotavailablewhenshootingmovies.
C
104
Common, Convenient Features
StillImages
Movies
Zooming In Closer on Subjects (Digital Zoom)
Whendistantsubjectsaretoofarawaytoenlargeusingtheopticalzoom,
usedigitalzoomforuptoabout20xenlargement.
1 Movethezoomlevertoward
<i>.
zz
Holdtheleveruntilzoomingstops.
XX
Zoomingstopsatthelargestpossible
zoomfactor(beforetheimagebecomes
noticeablygrainy),whichisthenindicated
onthescreen.
ZoomFactor
2 Movethezoomlevertoward
<i>again.
XX
Tocontinuemagnifyingthesubject,keep
zooming.
Y
P
O
• Movingthezoomleverwilldisplaythezoombar(whichindicates
thezoomposition).Thecolorofthezoombarwillchange
dependingonthezoomrange.
-Whiterange:opticalzoomrangewheretheimagewillnotappear
grainy.
-Yellowrange:digitalzoomrangewheretheimageisnot
noticeablygrainy(ZoomPlus).
-Bluerange:digitalzoomrangewheretheimagewillappear
grainy.
Becausethebluerangewillnotbeavailableatsomeresolution
settings(=124)themaximumzoomfactorcanbeachievedby
followingstep1.
C
• Focallengthwhenopticalanddigitalzoomarecombinedisasfollows
(35mmilmequivalent).
24–480mm(24–120mmwithopticalzoomalone)
• Todeactivatedigitalzoom,pressthe<n>button,choose[DigitalZoom]
onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose[Off].
105
Common,ConvenientFeatures
StillImages
Movies
Shooting at Preset Focal Lengths (Step Zoom)
Youcanshootatpresetfocallengthsof24,28,35,50,85,100or120mm
(35mmilmequivalent).Thisisconvenientwhenyouwanttoshootatthe
angleofviewofthosefocallengths.
Chooseafocallength.
zz
Tochangethefocallengthfrom24to28
mm,turnthe<y>ringcounterclockwise
untilitclicks.Keepturningthe<y>ringto
increasethefocallength,whichchanges
to35,50,85,100,and120mmateach
click.
• Stepzoomisnotavailablewhenshootingmovies,soturningthe
<y>ringhasnoeffect.
Y
P
O
• Whenyouareusingdigitalzoom(=105),youcannotadjustthezoom
factorbyturningthe<y>ringcounterclockwise.However,youcansetthe
focallengthto120mmbyturningitclockwise.
C
106
Common,ConvenientFeatures
StillImages
Movies
Using the Self-Timer
Withtheself-timer,youcanincludeyourselfingroupphotosorothertimed
shots.Thecamerawillshootabout10secondsafteryoupresstheshutter
button.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]
inthemenu,andthenchoosethe[]]
option(=89).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[]]is
displayed.
Y
P
O
2 Shoot.
zz
ForStillImages:Presstheshutterbutton
halfwaytofocusonthesubject,andthen
pressitallthewaydown.
zz
ForMovies:Pressthemoviebutton.
C
XX
Onceyoustarttheself-timer,thelamp
willblinkandthecamerawillplayaselftimersound.
XX
Twosecondsbeforetheshot,theblinking
andsoundwillspeedup.(Thelampwill
remainlitincasethelashires.)
zz
Tocancelshootingafteryouhave
triggeredtheself-timer,pressthe
<n>button.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose
[ ]instep1.
107
Common,ConvenientFeatures
• Youcanalsocancelshootingafterthetimerbeginsbytouching[
StillImages
].
Movies
UsingtheSelf-TimertoAvoidCameraShake
Thisoptiondelaysshutterreleaseuntilabouttwosecondsafteryouhave
pressedtheshutterbutton.Ifthecameraisunsteadywhileyouarepressing
theshutterbutton,itwillnotaffectyourshot.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Followstep1on=107andchoose
[[].
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[[]is
displayed.
zz
Followstep2on=107toshoot.
Y
P
O
StillImages
Movies
CustomizingtheSelf-Timer
Youcanspecifythedelay(0–30seconds)andnumberofshots(1–10).
C
1 Choose[$].
zz
Followingstep1on=107,choose[$]
andpressthe<n>button.
108
Common,ConvenientFeatures
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochoose[Delay],
eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturn
the<7>dialtochoose[Shots],andthen
pressthe<n>button.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[$]is
displayed.
zz
Followstep2on=107toshoot.
• Formoviesshotusingtheself-timer,[Delay]representsthedelay
beforerecordingbegins,butthe[Shots]settinghasnoeffect.
• Whenyouspecifymultipleshots,imagebrightnessandwhitebalanceare
determinedbytheirstshot.Moretimeisrequiredbetweenshotswhenthe
lashiresorwhenyouhavespeciiedtotakemanyshots.Shootingwillstop
automaticallywhenthememorycardbecomesfull.
• Whenadelaylongerthantwosecondsisspeciied,twosecondsbeforethe
shot,thelampblinkingandself-timersoundwillspeedup.(Thelampwill
remainlitincasethelashires.)
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsocancelshootingafterthetimerbeginsbytouching[
].
109
Common,ConvenientFeatures
StillImages
Shooting By Touching the Screen (Touch
Shutter)
Withthisoption,insteadofpressingtheshutterbutton,youcansimply
touchthescreenandreleaseyouringertoshoot.Thecamerawillfocuson
subjectsandadjustimagebrightnessautomatically.
1 Preparetousetouchshutter.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[TouchShutter]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[On](=91).
Y
P
O
2 Chooseasubjecttofocuson.
zz
Touchthesubjectonthescreenandkeep
C
youringeronthescreen.
zz
Thecamerabeepstwiceafterfocusing.A
blueframeisdisplayed,andthecamera
willkeepthesubjectinfocusandimage
brightnessadjusted(ServoAF).
3 Shoot.
zz
Releaseyouringerfromthescreen.A
shuttersoundisplayedasthecamera
shoots.
zz
Tocanceltouchshutter,choose[Off]in
step1.
• Evenwhiletheshotisdisplayed,youcanprepareforthenextshot
bytouching[^].
110
Common,ConvenientFeatures
StillImages
Deactivating the Flash
Preparethecameraforshootingwithoutthelashasfollows.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<r>button,choose[!](either
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Ifthelashisalreadyup,itwillbelowered
automatically.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[!]is
displayed.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[ ].
Y
P
O
• Ifalashing[ ]iconisdisplayedwhenyoupresstheshutter
buttonhalfwayinlow-lightconditions,mountthecameraona
tripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstill.
C
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbypressingthe<r>button,touching[!],
andthentouchingitagain.
111
Common,ConvenientFeatures
StillImages
Adding a Date Stamp
Thecameracanaddtheshootingdatetoimages,inthelower-rightcorner.
However,notethatdatestampscannotbeeditedorremoved,soconirm
beforehandthatthedateandtimearecorrect(=18).
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Date
Stamp]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose
thedesiredoption(=91).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[DATE]is
displayed.
Y
P
O
2 Shoot.
XX
Asyoutakeshots,thecameraaddsthe
shootingdateortimetothelower-right
cornerofimages.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose
[Off]instep1.
C
• Datestampscannotbeeditedorremoved.
• Shotstakenwithoutaddingadatestampcanbeprintedwithoneasfollows.
However,addingadatestampthiswaytoimagesthatalreadyhaveonemay
causeittobeprintedtwice.
-Usetheincludedsoftwaretoprint
Fordetails,refertotheSoftware Guide(=27).
-Printusingprinterfunctions(=286)
-UsecameraDPOFprintsettings(=293)toprint
112
Using Face ID
Ifyouregisterapersonaheadoftime,thecamerawilldetectthatperson’s
face,andprioritizefocus,brightness,andcolorforthatpersonwhen
shooting.In<A>mode,thecameracandetectbabiesandchildren
basedonregisteredbirthdaysandoptimizesettingsforthemwhen
shooting.
Thisfunctionisalsousefulwhensearchingforaspeciicregisteredperson
amongalargenumberofimages(=225).
PersonalInformation
• Informationsuchasimagesofaface(faceinfo)registeredwithFaceID,
andpersonalinformation(name,birthday)willbesavedonthecamera.
Additionally,whenregisteredpeoplearedetected,theirnameswillbe
recordedinstillimages.WhenusingtheFaceIDfunction,becareful
whensharingthecameraorimageswithothers,andwhenposting
imagesonlinewheremanyotherscanviewthem.
• Whendisposingofacameraortransferringittoanotherpersonafter
usingFaceID,besuretoeraseallinformation(registeredfaces,names,
andbirthdays)fromthecamera(=121).
Registering Face ID Information
Y
P
O
Youcanregisterinformation(faceinfo,name,birthday)forupto12people
tousewithFaceID.
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
C
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Face
IDSettings]onthe[4]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button(=91).
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddtoRegistry],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
113
UsingFaceID
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[AddaNewFace],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
2 Registerfaceinformation.
zz
Aimthecamerasothatthefaceofthe
personyouwanttoregisterisinsidethe
grayframeatthecenterofthescreen.
zz
Awhiteframeontheperson’sface
indicatesthatthefaceisrecognized.
Makesureawhiteframeisdisplayedon
theface,andthenshoot.
zz
Ifthefaceisnotrecognized,youcannot
registerfaceinformation.
Y
P
O
3 Savethesettings.
zz
After[Register?]isdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
C
XX
The[EditProile]screenisdisplayed.
114
UsingFaceID
4 Enteraname.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
zz
Touchcharactersonthekeyboardto
enterthem.
zz
Upto10characterscanbeused.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontoreturntothe
editproilescreen.
5 Enterabirthday.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Birthday],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosea
setting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtospecifythedate.
zz
Wheninished,pressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
6 Savethesettings.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Save],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Afteramessageisdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[Yes],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
C
7 Continueregisteringface
information.
zz
Toregisterupto4morepointsofface
information(expressionsorangles),
repeatsteps2–3.
zz
Registeredfacesaremoreeasily
recognizedifyouaddavarietyofface
information.Inadditiontoaheadon
angle,addaslightsideangle,ashotwhen
smiling,andshotsinsideandoutside.
115
UsingFaceID
• Thelashwillnotirewhenfollowingstep2.
• Ifyoudonotregisterabirthdayinstep5,BabiesorChildrenicons
(=101)willnotdisplayin<A>mode.
• Youcanoverwriteregisteredfaceinfo,andaddfaceinfolaterifyouhavenot
illedall5faceinfoslots(=119).
• Youcanalsoenteranameonthescreeninstep4bypressingthe
<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dialtoselectcharacters,and
thenpressingthe<m>button.Movethecursorbyturningthe<y>ring,and
>buttontodeletecharacters,asneeded.
pressthe<
Shooting
Ifyouregisterapersonaheadoftime,thecamerawillprioritizethatperson
asthemainsubject,andoptimizefocus,brightness,andcolorforthat
personwhenshooting.
XX
Whenyoupointthecameratowarda
subject,thenamesofupto3registered
peoplewillbedisplayedwhentheyare
detected.
zz
Shoot.
XX
Displayednameswillberecordedinstill
images.Evenifpeoplearedetected,but
theirnamesarenotdisplayed,thenames
(upto5people)willberecordedinthe
image.
Y
P
O
C
• Peopleotherthanthoseregisteredmaybemistakenlydetectedas
theregisteredpersoniftheysharesimilarfacialfeatures.
116
UsingFaceID
• Registeredpeoplemaynotbecorrectlydetectedifthecapturedimageor
scenediffersdrasticallyfromtheregisteredfaceinformation.
• Ifaregisteredfaceisnotdetected,ornoteasilydetected,overwrite
registeredinformationwithnewfaceinfo.Registeringfaceinforightbefore
shootingwillallowforeasierdetectionofregisteredfaces.
• Ifapersonismistakenlydetectedasanotherpersonandyoucontinue
shooting,youcaneditorerasethenamerecordedintheimageduring
playback(=231).
• Becausefacesofbabiesandchildrenchangequicklyastheygrow,you
shouldupdatetheirfaceinforegularly(=119).
• Nameswillstillberecordedinimagesevenifyouclearthe[ShootingInfo]
checkboxin[CustomDisplay](=210)onthe[4]tabsothatthenames
arenotdisplayed.
• Ifyoudon’twantnamestoberecordedinstillimages,choose[FaceID
Settings]onthe[4]tab,choose[FaceID],andthenchoose[Off].
• Youcanchecknamesrecordedinimagesintheplaybackscreen(simple
informationdisplay)(=216).
Checking and Editing Registered Information
Y
P
O
CheckingRegisteredFaceIDInformation
1 Accessthe[Check/EditInfo]
screen.
C
zz
Followingstep1on=113,choose
[Check/EditInfo]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Chooseapersontocheck.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochooseaperson,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
117
UsingFaceID
3 Checktheregistered
information.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanitem,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Checktheregisteredinformation.
ChangingtheNameorBirthday
1 Accessthe[EditProile]screen.
zz
Followingsteps1–3above,choose[Edit
Proile]andpressthe<m>button.
2 Inputchanges.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanitem,andfollow
steps4–5on=115toinputchanges.
Y
P
O
C
• Evenifyouchangenamesin[EditProile],thenamesrecordedin
previouslyshotimageswillremainthesame.
• Youcanusetheincludedsoftwaretoeditregisterednames.Some
charactersenteredwiththeincludedsoftwaremaynotdisplayonthe
camera,butwillbecorrectlyrecordedinimages.
118
UsingFaceID
OverwritingandAddingFaceInformation
Youcanoverwriteexistingfaceinformationwithnewfaceinfo.Youshould
updatefaceinformationregularly,especiallywithbabiesandchildren,as
theirfaceschangequicklyastheygrow.
Youcanalsoaddfaceinformationwhenall5faceinfoslotshavenotbeen
illed.
1 Accessthe[AddFaceInfo]
screen.
zz
Onthescreeninstep1on=113,
choose[AddFaceInfo]andpressthe
<m>button.
2 Choosethenameoftheperson
tooverwrite.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
Y
P
O
turnthe<7>dialtochoosethenameof
apersontooverwrite,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
If4orlessfaceinformationslotsare
registered,followstep5on=120to
addmorefaceinfo.
C
3 Accessthefaceinfoscreen.
zz
Readthemessagethatdisplays,press
the<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial
tochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Thefaceinfoscreenisdisplayed.
4 Choosethefaceinfoto
overwrite.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoosethefaceinfo
tooverwrite,andthenpressthe<m>
button.
119
UsingFaceID
5 Registerfaceinformation.
zz
Followsteps2–3on=114to
shoot,andthenregisterthenewface
information.
zz
Registeredfacesaremoreeasily
recognizedifyouaddavarietyofface
information.Inadditiontoahead-on
angle,addaslightsideangle,ashot
whensmiling,andshotsinsideand
outside.
• Youcannotaddfaceinformationifall5informationslotsareilled.Followthe
stepsabovetooverwritefaceinformation.
• Youcanfollowtheabovestepstoregisternewfaceinfowhenthereisat
leastoneslotopen,howeveryoucannotoverwriteanyfaceinformation.
Insteadofoverwritingfaceinfo,irsteraseunwantedexistinginfo(see
below),andthenregisternewfaceinformationasneeded.
Y
P
O
ErasingFaceInformation
1 Accessthe[Check/EditInfo]
screen.
zz
Followingstep1on=113,choose
C
[Check/EditInfo]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Choosethenameoftheperson
whosefaceinfoyouwantto
erase.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoosethenameof
thepersonwhosefaceinfoyouwantto
erase,andthenpressthe<m>button.
120
UsingFaceID
3 Accessthe[FaceInfoList]
screen.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[FaceInfoList],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
4 Choosethefaceinfotoerase.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,pressthe
<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoosethefaceinfoyou
wanttoerase,andthenpressthe<m>
button.
zz
After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Theselectedfaceinfowillbeerased.
Y
P
O
Erasing Registered Information
Youcaneraseinformation(faceinfo,name,birthday)registeredtoFaceID.
However,namesrecordedinpreviouslyshotimageswillnotbeerased.
C
1 Accessthe[EraseInfo]screen.
zz
Followstep1on=113andchoose
[EraseInfo].
121
UsingFaceID
2 Choosethenameoftheperson
whoseinfoyouwanttoerase.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoosethename
ofapersontoerase,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
• Ifyouerasearegisteredperson’sinfo,youwillnotbeableto
displaytheirname(=116),overwritetheirinfo(=231),or
searchimagesforthem(=225).
• Youcanalsoeraseaperson’snameonlyfromimages(=232).
Y
P
O
C
122
Image Customization Features
StillImages
Changing the Aspect Ratio
Changetheimageaspectratio(ratioofwidthtoheight)asfollows.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,thescreen
aspectratiowillbeupdated.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[ ].
UsedfordisplayonwidescreenHDTVsorsimilardisplaydevices.
Y
P
O
Sameaspectratioas35mmilm,usedforprintingimagesat5x7-inchor
postcardsizes.
Nativeaspectratioofthecamerascreen,alsousedfordisplayonstandarddeinitiontelevisionsorsimilardisplaydevices,orforprintingimagesat3.5x
5-inchorA-seriessizes.
C
Squareaspectratio.
Aspectratiocommonlyusedforportraits.
123
ImageCustomizationFeatures
StillImages
Changing Image Resolution (Size)
Choosefrom4levelsofimageresolution,asfollows.Forguidelineson
howmanyshotsateachresolutionsettingcanitonamemorycard,see
“Speciications”(=333).
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[ ].
Y
P
O
GuidelinesforChoosingResolutionBasedonPaper
Size(for4:3Images)
A2(16.5x23.4in.)
A3–A5(11.7x
16.5–5.8x8.3in.)
5x7in.
Postcard
3.5x5in.
124
zz
[ ]:Fore-mailingimages.
C
ImageCustomizationFeatures
StillImages
Red-Eye Correction
Red-eyethatoccursinthelashphotographycanbeautomatically
correctedasfollows.
1 Accessthe[FlashSettings]
screen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Flash
Settings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpress
the<m>button(=91).
Y
P
O
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Choose[Red-EyeCorr.],andthen
choose[On](=91).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[R]is
C
displayed.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[Off].
• Red-eyecorrectionmaybeappliedtoimageareasotherthan
eyes(ifthecameramisinterpretsredeyemakeupasredpupils,
forexample).
• Youcanalsocorrectexistingimages(=255).
• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2bypressingthe<r>buttonand
thenthe<n>button.
• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2bypressingthe<r>buttonand
].
thentouching[
125
ImageCustomizationFeatures
StillImages
Correcting Greenish Image Areas from
Mercury Lamps
Inshotsofeveningsceneswithsubjectsilluminatedbymercurylamps,the
subjectsorbackgroundmayappeartohaveagreenishtinge.Thisgreenish
tingecanbecorrectedautomaticallywhenshooting,usingMulti-areaWhite
Balance.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Hg
LampCorr.]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[On](=91).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[ ]is
displayed.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[Off].
Y
P
O
• Afteryouareinishedshootingundermercurylamps,youshould
set[HgLampCorr.]backto[Off].Otherwise,greenhuesnot
causedbymercurylampsmaybecorrectedbymistake.
C
• Trytakingsometestshotsirsttomakesureyouobtainthedesiredresults.
126
ImageCustomizationFeatures
Movies
Changing Movie Image Quality
3imagequalitysettingsareavailable.Forguidelinesonthemaximum
movielengthateachlevelofimagequalitythatwillitonamemorycard,
see“Speciications”(=333).
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[ ].
Image
Quality
Y
P
O
Resolution
1920x1080*
FrameRate
Details
24fps
ForshootinginFullHD
1280x720
30fps
ForshootinginHD
640x480
30fps
Forshootinginstandard
deinition
C
*FineDetailMovieProcessing(Thisfunctionquicklyprocessesalargeamountof
information,makingitpossibletorecordeveninerdetailsinmovies.)
• In[ ]and[ ]modes,blackbarsdisplayedonthetopandbottomedges
ofthescreenindicateimageareasnotrecorded.
127
ImageCustomizationFeatures
Movies
Using the Wind Filter
Distortedaudiocausedbyrecordingwhenthewindisstrongcanbe
reduced.However,therecordingmaysoundunnaturalwhenthisoptionis
usedwhenthereisnowind.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Wind
Filter]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose
[On](=91).
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[Off].
Y
P
O
C
128
Helpful Shooting Features
StillImages
Movies
Using the Electronic Level
Anelectroniclevelcanbedisplayedonthescreenwhenshootingasa
guidelinetodetermineifthecameraislevel.
1 Displaytheelectroniclevel.
zz
Pressthe<p>buttonseveraltimesto
displaytheelectroniclevel.
Y
P
O
2 Levelthecameraasneeded.
zz
Levelthecamerasothatthecenterofthe
electroniclevelisgreen.
C
• Iftheelectroniclevelisnotdisplayedinstep1,pressthe<n>button,
andonthe[4]tab,choose[CustomDisplay].Adda[ ]to[ ]or[ ]to
choosetheelectroniclevel.
• Tiltingthecameratoofarforwardorbackwardwillpreventyoufromusing
theelectroniclevel,whichwillturngray.
• Theelectroniclevelisnotdisplayedduringmovierecording.
• Ifyouholdthecameravertically,theorientationoftheelectroniclevelwillbe
updatedautomaticallytomatchthecameraorientation.
• Ifyourshotsarenotlevelevenifyouusetheelectroniclevel,trycalibrating
theelectroniclevel(=272).
129
HelpfulShootingFeatures
StillImages
Magnifying the Area in Focus
Youcancheckthefocusbypressingtheshutterbuttonhalfway,whichwill
enlargetheportionoftheimageinfocusintheAFframe.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[AFPointZoom]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[On](=91).
Y
P
O
2 Checkthefocus.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.The
facedetectedasthemainsubjectisnow
magniied.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose
[Off]instep1.
C
• Theareainfocuswillnotbemagniiedwhenyoupresstheshutter
buttonhalfwayifafacewasnotdetected,ifthepersonistooclose
tothecameraandtheirfaceistoolargeforthescreen,orifthe
cameradetectssubjectmovement.
• Theareainfocusisnotmagniiedwhiledigitalzoomisinuse(=105)or
whenaTVisusedasadisplay(=284).
130
HelpfulShootingFeatures
Checking for Closed Eyes
[ ]isdisplayedwhenthecameradetectsthatpeoplemayhaveclosed
theireyes.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Blink
Detection]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[On](=91).
2 Shoot.
XX
[ ]isdisplayedwhenthecamera
detectsapersonwhoseeyesareclosed.
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,choose
[Off]instep1.
Y
P
O
• Whenyouhavespeciiedmultipleshotsin[$]mode,thisfunctionisonly
availablefortheinalshot.
• Thisfeatureisnotavailableduringcontinuousshootingin[ ]mode
(=102).
• Aframeisdisplayedaroundpeoplewhoseeyesareclosedwhenyou
haveselected2–10secondsin[Review],orifyouhaveselected[Hold]
(=133).
C
131
Customizing Camera Operation
Customizeshootingfunctionsonthe[4]tabofthemenuasfollows.
Forinstructionsonmenufunctions,see“MENUMenu”(=91).
StillImages
Deactivating the AF Assist Beam
Youcandeactivatethelampthatnormallylightsuptohelpyoufocuswhen
youpresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayinlow-lightconditions.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[AF-
assistBeam]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[Off](=91).
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[On].
StillImages
Deactivating the Red-Eye Reduction Lamp
Y
P
O
Youcandeactivatethered-eyereductionlampthatlightsuptoreduceredeyewhenthelashisusedinlow-lightshots.
1 Accessthe[FlashSettings]
C
screen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Flash
Settings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpress
the<m>button(=91).
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Choose[Red-EyeLamp],andthen
choose[Off](=91).
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[On].
132
CustomizingCameraOperation
StillImages
Changing the Image Display Period After
Shots
Changehowlongimagesaredisplayedaftershotsasfollows.
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[Review]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choosethedesiredoption(=91).
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[Quick].
Quick
Displaysimagesonlyuntilyoucan
shootagain.
Displaysimagesforthespeciied
time.Evenwhiletheshotis
2–10sec. displayed,youcantakeanother
shotbypressingtheshutterbutton
halfwayagain.
Y
P
O
C
Hold
Displaysimagesuntilyoupress
theshutterbuttonhalfway.
Off
Noimagedisplayaftershots.
133
CustomizingCameraOperation
StillImages
Changing the Image Display Style After Shots
Changethewayimagesaredisplayedaftershotsasfollows.
1 In[Review],chooseeither2–10
secondsor[Hold](=133).
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[ReviewInfo]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choosethedesiredoption(=91).
zz
Torestoretheoriginalsetting,repeatthis
processbutchoose[Off].
Off
Displaysonlytheimage.
Detailed
Displaysshootingdetails
(=316).
Y
P
O
Focus
Check
ShowstheareaintheAFframe
magniied,enablingyoutocheck
thefocus.Followthestepsin
“CheckingtheFocus”(=222).
C
• Thissettingissetto[Off]andcannotbechangedwhen[Review](=133)is
setto[Quick]or[Off].
134
3
Other Shooting Modes
Shootmoreeffectivelyinvariousscenes,andtakeshots
enhancedwithuniqueimageeffectsorcapturedusing
specialfunctions
Y
P
O
C
135
StillImages
Movies
Auto Clip Recording (Movie Digest)
Youcanmakeashortmovieofadayjustbyshootingstillimages.
Beforeeachshot,thecamerawillautomaticallyrecordamovieclipofthe
scene.Eachcliprecordedthatdayiscombinedintoasingleile.
1 Enter< >mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<
>.
2 Shoot.
zz
Toshootastillimage,presstheshutter
buttonallthewaydown.
XX
Beforeshooting,thecamerawill
automaticallyrecordaclipabout2–4
secondslong.
• Clipsmaynotberecordedifyoushootastillimageimmediately
afterturningthecameraon,choosing< >mode,oroperatingthe
camerainotherways.
• Batterylifeisshorterinthismodethanin<A>mode,because
clipsarerecordedforeachshot.
• Anysoundsfromcameraoperationsduringmovierecordingwill
beincludedinthemovie.
Y
P
O
C
• Moviescreatedin< >modecanbeviewedbydate(=229).
• Moviescreatedin< >modearesavedasiFramemovies(=162).
• Althoughtheclipsrecordedonaparticulardayarecombinedintoasingle
ile,individualclips(chapters)canbeedited(=259).
• Clipsaresavedasseparatemovieilesinthefollowingcasesevenifthey
wererecordedonthesamedayin< >mode.
-Ifthemovieilesizereachesabout4GBorthetotalrecordingtimereaches
approx.29minutesand59seconds
-Ifamovieisprotected(=236)
-Ifthedaylightsavingtime(=19)ortimezone(=264)settingshave
beenchanged
-Ifanewfolderiscreated(=270)
-Ifthecopyrightinformationischangedordeleted(=273)
• Somecamerasoundswillbemuted.Soundsarenotplayedwhenyoupressthe
shutterbuttonhalfway,usecameracontrols,ortriggertheself-timer(=263).
136
Speciic Scenes
Chooseamodematchingtheshootingscene,andthecamerawill
automaticallyconigurethesettingsforoptimalshots.
1 Enter<K>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<K>.
2 Chooseashootingmode.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[I]inthe
menu,andthenchooseashootingmode
(=89).
3 Shoot.
Y
P
O
StillImages
Movies
IShootportraits(Portrait)
zz
Takeshotsofpeoplewithasoftening
C
effect.
StillImages
Shooteveningsceneswithout
usingatripod(Handheld
NightScene)
zz
Beautifulshotsofeveningscenesor
portraitswitheveningsceneryinthe
background,withouttheneedtoholdthe
cameraverystill(aswithatripod).
zz
Asingleimageiscreatedbycombining
consecutiveshots,reducingcamera
shakeandimagenoise.
137
SpeciicScenes
StillImages
Movies
S Shootunderwater(Underwater)
zz
Natural-coloredshotsofsealifeand
underwaterscenery,whenyouusean
optionalwaterproofcase(=280).
zz
Thismodecancorrectwhitebalanceand
matchtheeffectofusingacommercially
availablecolor-compensatingilter
(=174).
StillImages
Movies
P Shootwithsnowybackgrounds
(Snow)
zz
Bright,natural-coloredshotsofpeople
againstsnowybackgrounds.
Y
P
O
StillImages
Movies
t Shootireworks(Fireworks)
zz
Vividshotsofireworks.
C
138
SpeciicScenes
• Subjectsappearlargerin[ ]modecomparedtoothermodes.
• In[ ]and[S]modes,shotsmaylookgrainybecausetheISO
speed(=169)isincreasedtosuittheshootingconditions.
• Becausethecamerawillshootcontinuouslyin[ ]mode,holdit
steadywhileshooting.
• In[ ]mode,excessivecamerashakeorcertainshooting
conditionsmaypreventyoufromobtainingthedesiredresults.
• In[t]mode,mountthecameraonatripodortakeother
measurestokeepitstillandpreventcamerashake.Additionally,
youshouldset[ISMode]to[Off]whenusingatripodorother
meanstoholdthecamerastill(=199).
• Whenyouuseatripodforeveningscenes,shootingin[A]modeinstead
of[ ]modewillgivebetterresults(=96).
Y
P
O
C
139
SpeciicScenes
StillImages
ShootingWithanUnderwaterFocusingRange
Iffocusingisdificultin[S]mode(=138)withafocusrangeof[ ],
usingafocusrangedesignedforunderwatershootingcanensureoptimal
underwatershots.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137and
choose[S].
zz
Pressthe<q>button,choosethedesired
focusrange(eitherpressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthen
pressthe<m>button.
2 Shoot.
FocusingRange
Underwater
Macro
8 Quick
Description
Y
P
O
Takeclose-upsofsealife,usingthedigitalzoomforevencloser
shots.
Avoidmissingunexpectedunderwatershootingopportunities
whenshootingsubjectssomedistanceaway.Especiallyeffective
formovingsubjects.
C
f ManualFocus Focusonsubjectsmanually(=182).
Referto“Speciications”(=333)fordetailsontherangeofeachfocus
range.
• In[ ]mode,opticalzoomissettomaximumwideangle.
• In[ ]mode,useofdigitalzoommaycauseimagestoappear
grainyatsomeresolutions(=124).
• In[8]mode,subjectsatcloserangemaynotbeinfocus.Inthis
case,trysettingthefocusrangeto[ ].
140
SpeciicScenes
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbypressingthe<q>button,touchingthe
desiredfocusingrange,andthentouchingitagain.
StillImages
Making Skin Look Smoother (Smooth Skin)
Youcanapplyasmootheningeffectwhenshootingimagesofpeople.
Theeffectlevelandcolor([LighterSkinTone],[DarkerSkinTone])canbe
chosenasfollows.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137and
choose[
].
2 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<p>button.
3 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
Y
P
O
anoption.Chooseaneffectlevel(either
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
button.
zz
Apreviewisshownofhowyourshotwill
lookwiththeeffectapplied.
C
4 Shoot.
• Areasotherthanpeople’sskinmaybemodiied.
• Trytakingsometestshotsirsttomakesureyouobtainthe
desiredresults.
• Theeffectwillbestrongerforthefaceofthepersondetectedasthemain
subject.
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouching[
]toaccessthesetting
].
screen,touching[q][r]toselecttheeffect,andthentouching[
141
Image Effects (Creative Filters)
Addavarietyofeffectstoimageswhenshooting.
1 Enter< >mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<
>.
2 Chooseashootingmode.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andthenchooseashooting
mode(=89).
3 Shoot.
StillImages
Movies
Shootinvividcolors(Super
Vivid)
Y
P
O
zz
Shotsinrich,vividcolors.
C
StillImages
Movies
Posterizedshots(PosterEffect)
zz
Shotsthatresembleanoldposteror
illustration.
• In[ ]and[ ]modes,trytakingsometestshotsirst,tomake
sureyouobtainthedesiredresults.
142
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
StillImages
Shooting High-Contrast Scenes (High
Dynamic Range)
Threeconsecutiveimagesarecapturedatdifferentbrightnesslevels
eachtimeyoushoot,andthecameracombinesimageareaswithoptimal
brightnesstocreateasingleimage.Thismodecanreducethewashed-out
highlightsandlossofdetailinshadowsthattendstooccurinhigh-contrast
shots.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
2 Holdthecamerastill.
zz
Mountthecameraonatripodortake
othermeasurestokeepitstilland
preventcamerashake.
Y
P
O
3 Shoot.
zz
Whenyoupresstheshutterbuttonall
C
thewaydown,thecamerawilltakethree
shotsandcombinethem.
• Set[ISMode]to[Off](=199)inthismode.
• Anysubjectmovementwillcauseimagestolookblurry.
• Therewillbeadelaybeforeyoucanshootagain,asthecameraprocesses
andcombinestheimages.
143
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
AddingColorEffects
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
zz
Pressthe<p>button,chooseacolor
effect(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttons
orturnthe<7>dial),andthenpressthe
<m>button.
EffectOff
―
Sepia
Sepiatoneshots.
B/W
Blackandwhiteshots.
SuperVivid
Shotsinrich,vividcolors.
PosterEffect
Shotsthatresembleanoldposterorillustration.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouching[
]toaccessthesetting
screen,touchingthedesiredcoloreffect,andthentouchingthesameitem
].
or[
C
StillImages
Movies
Shooting with Faded Colors (Nostalgic)
Thiseffectmakescolorslookfadedandimageslookweathered,asinold
photographs.Choosefromiveeffectlevels.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
144
].
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
2 Chooseaneffectlevel.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochooseaneffect
level.
XX
Apreviewisshownofhowyourshotwill
lookwiththeeffectapplied.
3 Shoot.
• Trytakingsometestshotsirst,tomakesureyouobtainthe
desiredresults.
• Colorswilllookfadedontheshootingscreen,buttheimageagingeffectis
notshown.ReviewtheimageinPlaybackmodetoseetheeffect(=216).
• Theimageagingeffectisnotshowninmovies.
StillImages
Shooting with a Fish-Eye Lens Effect
(Fish-eye Effect)
Y
P
O
Shootwiththedistortingeffectofaish-eyelens.
C
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
2 Chooseaneffectlevel.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochooseaneffect
level.
XX
Apreviewisshownofhowyourshotwill
lookwiththeeffectapplied.
3 Shoot.
• Trytakingsometestshotsirst,tomakesureyouobtainthe
desiredresults.
145
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
StillImages
Movies
Shots Resembling Miniature Models
(Miniature Effect)
Createstheeffectofaminiaturemodel,byblurringimageareasaboveand
belowyourselectedarea.
Youcanalsomakemoviesthatlooklikescenesinminiaturemodelsby
choosingtheplaybackspeedbeforethemovieisrecorded.Peopleand
objectsinthescenewillmovequicklyduringplayback.Notethatsoundis
notrecorded.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
XX
Awhiteframeisdisplayed,indicatingthe
imageareathatwillnotbeblurred.
2 Choosetheareatokeepin
Y
P
O
focus.
zz
Pressthe<p>button.
zz
Movethezoomlevertoresizetheframe,
andturnthe<7>dialtomoveit.
C
3 Formovies,choosethemovie
playbackspeed.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochoosethespeed.
4 Returntotheshootingscreen
andshoot.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontoreturntothe
shootingscreen,andthenshoot.
146
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
PlaybackSpeedandEstimatedPlaybackTime(forOneMinuteClips)
Speed
PlaybackTime
Approx.12sec.
Approx.6sec.
Approx.3sec.
• Thezoomisnotavailablewhenshootingmovies.Besuretoset
thezoombeforeshooting.
• Trytakingsometestshotsirst,tomakesureyouobtainthe
desiredresults.
• Toswitchtheorientationoftheframetovertical,pressthe<q><r>buttons
instep2.Toreturntheframetohorizontalorientation,pressthe<o><p>
buttons.
• Tomovetheframewhenitisinhorizontalorientation,pressthe<o><p>
buttons,andtomovetheframewhenitisinverticalorientation,pressthe
<q><r>buttons.
• Holdingthecameraverticallywillchangetheorientationoftheframe.
• Movieimagequalityis[ ]atanaspectratioof[ ]and[ ]atanaspect
ratioof[ ](=123).Thesequalitysettingscannotbechanged.
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsomovetheframebytouchingordraggingacrossthescreen.
147
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
StillImages
Shooting with a Toy Camera Effect (Toy
Camera Effect)
Thiseffectmakesimagesresembleshotsfromatoycamerabyvignetting
(darker,blurredimagecorners)andchangingtheoverallcolor.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
2 Chooseacolortone.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochooseacolortone.
XX
Apreviewisshownofhowyourshotwill
lookwiththeeffectapplied.
3 Shoot.
Standard
Y
P
O
Shotsresembletoycameraimages.
Warm
Imageshaveawarmertonethanwith[Standard].
Cool
Imageshaveacoolertonethanwith[Standard].
C
• Trytakingsometestshotsirst,tomakesureyouobtainthe
desiredresults.
148
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
StillImages
Shooting With a Soft Focus Effect
Thisfunctionallowsyoutoshootimagesasifasoftfocusilterisattached
tothecamera.Youcanadjusttheeffectlevelasdesired.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
2 Chooseaneffectlevel.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochooseaneffect
level.
XX
Apreviewisshownofhowyourshotwill
lookwiththeeffectapplied.
3 Shoot.
Y
P
O
• Trytakingsometestshotsirst,tomakesureyouobtainthe
desiredresults.
C
149
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
StillImages
Movies
Shooting in Monochrome
Shootimagesinblackandwhite,sepia,orblueandwhite.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[
].
2 Chooseacolortone.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochooseacolortone.
XX
Apreviewisshownofhowyourshotwill
lookwiththeeffectapplied.
3 Shoot.
B/W
Blackandwhiteshots.
Sepia
Sepiatoneshots.
Blue
Blueandwhiteshots.
150
Y
P
O
C
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
StillImages
Movies
Shooting with Color Accent
Chooseasingleimagecolortokeepandchangeothercolorstoblackand
white.
1 Choose[T].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[T].
2 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<p>button.
XX
TheoriginalimageandtheColorAccent
imagearedisplayedoneafteranother.
XX
Bydefault,greenisthecolorthatwillbe
kept.
3 Specifythecolor.
zz
Positionthecenterframeoverthecolor
Y
P
O
tokeep,andthenpressthe<q>button.
XX
Thespeciiedcolorisrecorded.
4 Specifytherangeofcolorsto
C
RecordedColor
keep.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtoadjusttherange.
zz
Tokeeponlyyourspeciiedcolor,choose
alargenegativevalue.Tokeepcolors
similartoyourspeciiedcoloraswell,
choosealargepositivevalue.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontoreturntothe
shootingscreen.
5 Shoot.
• Usingthelashinthismodemaycauseunexpectedresults.
• Insomeshootingscenes,imagesmaylookgrainyandcolorsmay
notlookasexpected.
151
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouching[
]toaccessthesetting
screen,recordingthecolortokeepbytouchingtheframewhenitisilled
].
withthecolor,andthentouching[
StillImages
Movies
Shooting with Color Swap
Youcanreplaceoneimagecolorwithanotherbeforeshooting.Notethat
onlyonecolorcanbereplaced.
1 Choose[Y].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=142and
choose[Y].
2 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<p>button.
XX
TheoriginalimageandtheColorSwap
Y
P
O
imagearedisplayedoneafteranother.
XX
Bydefault,greenwillbereplacedwith
gray.
C
3 Specifythecolortoreplace.
zz
Positionthecenterframeoverthecolor
toreplace,andthenpressthe<q>
button.
XX
Thespeciiedcolorisrecorded.
4 Specifythenewcolor.
zz
Positionthecenterframeoverthenew
color,andthenpressthe<r>button.
XX
Thespeciiedcolorisrecorded.
152
ImageEffects(CreativeFilters)
5 Specifytherangeofcolorsto
replace.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtoadjusttherange.
zz
Toreplaceonlyyourspeciiedcolor,
choosealargenegativevalue.Toreplace
colorssimilartoyourspeciiedcoloras
well,choosealargepositivevalue.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontoreturntothe
shootingscreen.
6 Shoot.
• Usingthelashinthismodemaycauseunexpectedresults.
• Insomeshootingscenes,imagesmaylookgrainyandcolorsmay
notlookasexpected.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouching[
]toaccessthesetting
screen,touchingintheframeatlefttorecordthecolortoreplace,touchingin
].
theframeatrighttorecordthenewcolor,andthentouching[
C
153
Special Modes for Other Purposes
StillImages
Auto Shooting After Face Detection (Smart
Shutter)
AutoShootingAfterSmileDetection
Thecamerashootsautomaticallyafterdetectingasmile,evenwithoutyou
pressingtheshutterbutton.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137and
choose[ ],andthenpressthe<p>
button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Thecameranowentersshootingstandby
mode,and[SmileDetectionon]is
displayed.
Y
P
O
2 Aimthecameraataperson.
zz
Eachtimethecameradetectsasmile,it
C
willshootafterthelamplightsup.
zz
Topausesmiledetection,pressthe<q>
button.Pressthe<q>buttonagainto
resumedetection.
• Switchtoanothermodewhenyouinishshooting,orthecamera
willcontinueshootingeachtimeasmileisdetected.
• Youcanalsoshootasusualbypressingtheshutterbutton.
• Thecameracandetectsmilesmoreeasilywhensubjectsfacethecamera
andopentheirmouthwideenoughsothatteetharevisible.
• Tochangethenumberofshots,pressthe<o><p>buttonsafterchoosing
[ ]instep1.[BlinkDetection](=131)isonlyavailablefortheinalshot.
154
SpecialModesforOtherPurposes
• Youcanalsochoosetheshootingmodebychoosing[ ]insteps1–2on
]toaccessthesettingscreen,touching[ ],andthen
=137,touching[
].
touchingthesameitemor[
StillImages
UsingtheWinkSelf-Timer
Aimthecameraatapersonandpresstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown.
Thecamerawillshootabouttwosecondsafterawinkisdetected.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137and
choose[ ],andthenpressthe<p>
button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpress
the<m>button.
Y
P
O
2 Composetheshotandpress
theshutterbuttonhalfway.
zz
Onthescreen,touchthefaceofthe
C
personwhowillwinktochooseit(Touch
AF),andthenpresstheshutterbutton
halfway.
zz
Makesureagreenframeisdisplayed
aroundthefaceofthepersonwhowill
wink.
3 Presstheshutterbuttonallthe
waydown.
XX
Thecameranowentersshootingstandby
mode,and[Winktotakepicture]is
displayed.
XX
Thelampblinksandtheself-timersound
isplayed.
155
SpecialModesforOtherPurposes
4 Facethecameraandwink.
XX
Thecamerawillshootabouttwoseconds
afterdetectingawinkbytheperson
whosefaceisinsidetheframe.
zz
Tocancelshootingafteryouhave
triggeredtheself-timer,pressthe
<n>button.
• Ifthewinkisnotdetected,winkagainslowlyanddeliberately.
• Winkingmaynotbedetectedifeyesareobscuredbyhair,ahat,orglasses.
• Closingandopeningbotheyesatoncewillalsobedetectedasawink.
• Ifwinkingisnotdetected,thecamerawillshootabout15secondslater.
• Tochangethenumberofshots,pressthe<o><p>buttonsafterchoosing
[ ]instep1.[BlinkDetection](=131)isonlyavailablefortheinalshot.
• Ifnooneisintheshootingareawhentheshutterbuttonispressedallthe
waydown,thecamerawillshootafterapersonenterstheshootingareaand
winks.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsochoosetheshootingmodebychoosing[ ]insteps1–2on
]toaccessthesettingscreen,touching[ ],andthen
=137,touching[
].
touchingthesameitemor[
C
156
SpecialModesforOtherPurposes
StillImages
UsingtheFaceSelf-Timer
Thecamerawillshootabouttwosecondsafterdetectingthatthefaceof
anotherperson(suchasthephotographer)hasenteredtheshootingarea
(=184).Thisisusefulwhenincludingyourselfingroupphotosorsimilar
shots.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137andchoose
[
],andthenpressthe<p>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[
the<m>button.
],andthenpress
2 Composetheshotandpress
theshutterbuttonhalfway.
zz
Makesureagreenframeisdisplayed
Y
P
O
aroundthefaceyoufocusonandwhite
framesaroundotherfaces.
3 Presstheshutterbuttonallthe
C
waydown.
XX
Thecameranowentersshootingstandby
mode,and[Lookstraightatcamerato
startcountdown]isdisplayed.
XX
Thelampblinksandtheself-timersound
isplayed.
4 Jointhesubjectsintheshooting
areaandlookatthecamera.
XX
Afterthecameradetectsanewface,the
lampblinkingandself-timersoundwill
speedup.(Whenthelashires,thelamp
willremainlit.)Abouttwosecondslater,
thecamerawillshoot.
zz
Tocancelshootingafteryouhave
triggeredtheself-timer,pressthe
<n>button.
157
SpecialModesforOtherPurposes
• Evenifyourfaceisnotdetectedafteryoujointheothersintheshooting
area,thecamerawillshootabout15secondslater.
• Tochangethenumberofshots,pressthe<o><p>buttonsafterchoosing
[ ]instep1.[BlinkDetection](=131)isonlyavailablefortheinalshot.
• Youcanalsochoosetheshootingmodebychoosing[ ]insteps1–2on
]toaccessthesettingscreen,touching[ ],andthen
=137,touching[
].
touchingthesameitemor[
StillImages
High-Speed Continuous Shooting (High-speed
Burst HQ)
Youcanshootaseriesofshotsinrapidsuccessionbyholdingtheshutter
buttonallthewaydown.Fordetailsonthecontinuousshootingspeed,see
“Speciications”(=333).
HQ:HighQuality
Y
P
O
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137and
choose[
C
2 Shoot.
].
XX
Holdtheshutterbuttonallthewaydown
toshootcontinuously.
zz
Shootingstopswhenyoureleasethe
shutterbuttonorreachthemaximum
numberofshots,afterwhich[Busy]is
displayedandtheshotsareshowninthe
orderyoutookthem.
• Focus,imagebrightness,andcoloraredeterminedbytheirstshot.
• Thescreenisblankwhileyouareshooting.
• Theremaybeadelayaftercontinuousshootingbeforeyoucanshootagain.
Notethatsometypesofmemorycardsmaydelayyournextshoteven
longer.
• Shootingmayslowdowndependingonshootingconditions,camerasettings,
andthezoomposition.
158
SpecialModesforOtherPurposes
ImagesDisplayedDuringPlayback
Eachsetofimagesshotcontinuouslyismanagedasasinglegroup,and
onlytheirstimageinthatgroupwillbedisplayed.Toindicatethatthe
imageispartofagroup,[
]isdisplayedintheupperleftofthescreen.
• Ifyoueraseagroupedimage(=240),allimagesinthegroup
arealsoerased.Becarefulwhenerasingimages.
• Groupedimagescanbeplayedbackindividuallyandungrouped(=230).
• Protecting(=236)agroupedimagewillprotectallimagesinthegroup.
• GroupedimagescanbeviewedindividuallywhenplayedbackusingImage
Search(=225)orSmartShufle(=235).Inthiscase,imagesare
temporarilyungrouped.
• Groupedimagescannotbesentindividually(=75),andFaceID
informationcannotbeedited(=231).Theycannotbetaggedasfavorites
(=244),edited(=243–255),categorized(=245),assignedasa
start-upimage(=266),printed(=286),speciiedforprintingindividually
(=294),oraddedtoaphotobook(=296).Todothesethings,eitherview
groupedimagesindividually(=230)orcancelgrouping(=230)irst.
Y
P
O
C
159
SpecialModesforOtherPurposes
StillImages
Shooting Stitch Assist Images
Shootalargesubjectbytakingmultipleshotsatvariouspositions,andthen
usetheincludedsoftware(=27)tocombinethemintoapanorama.
1 Choose[x]or[v].
zz
Followsteps1–2on=137and
choose[x]or[v].
2 Taketheirstshot.
XX
Theirstshotwilldeterminetheexposure
andwhitebalance.
3 Takeadditionalshots.
zz
Composethesecondshotsothatit
Y
P
O
partiallyoverlapstheimageareaofthe
irstshot.
zz
Minormisalignmentofoverlapping
portionswillbecorrectedautomatically
whentheimagesarecombined.
zz
Youcantakeupto26shots,thesame
wayyoutookthesecondshot.
C
4 Finishshooting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
5 Usethesoftwaretocombinethe
images.
zz
Forinstructionsonmergingimages,refer
totheSoftware Guide(=27).
• TouseAFlock,assign[%]tothe<
160
>button(=211).
Movies
Shooting Various Movies
Movies
Shooting Movies in <E> Mode
1 Enter<E>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<E>.
XX
Blackbarsdisplayedonthetopand
bottomedgesofthescreenindicate
imageareasnotrecorded.
2 Conigurethesettingstosuit
themovie(=318–329).
3 Shoot.
zz
Pressthemoviebutton.
zz
Tostopmovierecording,pressthemovie
buttonagain.
Y
P
O
Movies
LockingorChangingImageBrightnessBeforeShooting
Beforeshooting,youcanlocktheexposureorchangeitin1/3-stop
incrementswithinarangeof–3to+3.
C
1 Locktheexposure.
zz
Pressthe<o>buttontolockthe
exposure.Theexposureshiftbaris
displayed.
zz
Tounlocktheexposure,pressthe<o>
buttonagain.
2 Adjusttheexposure.
zz
Turnthe<7>dialtoadjusttheexposure,
asyouwatchthescreen.
3 Shoot.
161
ShootingVariousMovies
Movies
Shooting iFrame Movies
ShootmoviesthatcanbeeditedwithiFrame-compatiblesoftwareor
devices.Youcanquicklyedit,save,andmanageiFramemoviesusingthe
includedsoftware(=27).
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Setthemodedialto<E>.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[E]inthe
menu,andthenchoose[
](=89).
XX
Blackbarsdisplayedonthetopand
bottomedgesofthescreenindicate
imageareasnotrecorded.
2 Shoot(=161).
• Theresolutionis[ ](=127)andcannotbechanged.
• iFrameisavideoformatdevelopedbyApple.
Y
P
O
Movies
Shooting Super Slow Motion Movies
C
Youcanshootfast-movingsubjectsforplaybacklaterinslowmotion.Note
thatsoundisnotrecorded.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Setthemodedialto<E>.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[E]inthe
menu,andthenchoose[
](=89).
2 Chooseaframerate.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredframe
rate(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
162
ShootingVariousMovies
3 Shoot(=161).
FrameRate
ImageQuality
PlaybackTime
(Fora30-sec.Clip)
240fps
(320x240)
Approx.4min.
120fps
(640x480)
Approx.2min.
• Zoomingisnotavailableduringrecording,evenifyoumovethe
zoomlever.
• Focus,exposure,andcoloraredeterminedwhenyoupressthe
moviebutton.
• Themoviewillbeplayedbackinslowmotionwhenyoufollowsteps1–3
on=216.
• Youcanchangetheplaybackspeedofmoviesshotin[ ]modebyusing
theincludedsoftware.Fordetails,refertotheSoftware Guide(=27).
Y
P
O
C
163
Y
P
O
C
164
4
P Mode
Morediscerningshots,inyourpreferredshootingstyle
Y
P
O
C
• Instructionsinthischapterapplytothecamerawiththemodedialsetto
<G>mode.
• <G>:ProgramAE;AE:AutoExposure
• Beforeusingafunctionintroducedinthischapterinmodesotherthan
<G>,makesurethefunctionisavailableinthatmode(=318–329).
165
StillImages
Movies
Shooting in Program AE Mode (<P> Mode)
Youcancustomizemanyfunctionsettingstosuityourpreferredshootingstyle.
1 Enter<G>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<G>.
2 Customizethesettingsas
desired(=166–199),and
thenshoot.
• Ifadequateexposurecannotbeobtainedwhenyoupresstheshutterbutton
halfway,shutterspeedsandaperturevaluesaredisplayedinorange.To
obtainadequateexposure,tryadjustingthefollowingsettings.
-Activatethelash(=193)
-ChangetheISOspeed(=169)
• Moviescanberecordedin<G>modeaswell,bypressingthemoviebutton.
However,someFUNC.(=89)andMenu(=91)settingsmaybe
automaticallyadjustedformovierecording.
• Fordetailsontheshootingrangein<G>mode,see“Speciications”(=333).
Y
P
O
Image Brightness (Exposure Compensation)
C
StillImages
Movies
Adjusting Image Brightness (Exposure
Compensation)
Thestandardexposuresetbythecameracanbeadjustedin1/3-stop
increments,inarangeof–3to+3.
zz
Pressthe<o>button.Asyouwatch
thescreen,turnthe<7>dialtoadjust
brightness,andthenpressthe<o>
buttonagainwheninished.
XX
Thecorrectionlevelyouspeciiedisnow
displayed.
166
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
• Youcanalsoadjustbrightnessbypressingthe<o>button,andthen
touchingordraggingthebar.
• Youcanalsoadjustthecorrectionlevelbytouchingtherightedgeofthe
screenwhileturningthe<y>ring(=209).
StillImages
Locking Image Brightness/Exposure (AE Lock)
Beforeshooting,youcanlocktheexposure,oryoucanspecifyfocusand
exposureseparately.
1 Locktheexposure.
zz
Aimthecameraatthesubjecttoshoot
withtheexposurelocked.Withthe
shutterbuttonpressedhalfway,pressthe
<o>button.
XX
[ ]isdisplayed,andtheexposureis
locked.
zz
TounlockAE,releasetheshutterbutton
andpressthe<o>buttonagain.Inthis
case,[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
Y
P
O
C
2 Composetheshotandshoot.
zz
Afteroneshot,AEisunlockedand[
nolongerdisplayed.
]is
• AE:AutoExposure
• Aftertheexposureislocked,youcanadjustthecombinationofshutter
speedandaperturevaluebyturningthe<7>dial(ProgramShift).
167
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
StillImages
Changing the Metering Method
Adjustthemeteringmethod(howbrightnessismeasured)tosuitshooting
conditionsasfollows.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
Evaluative
Fortypicalshootingconditions,includingbacklitshots.
Automaticallyadjustsexposuretomatchtheshootingconditions.
Determinestheaveragebrightnessoflightacrosstheentire
Center
imagearea,calculatedbytreatingbrightnessinthecentralarea
WeightedAvg.
asmoreimportant.
Spot
Y
P
O
Meteringrestrictedtowithinthe[ ](SpotAEPointframe).
YoucanalsolinktheSpotAEPointframetotheAFframe(see
below).
C
StillImages
LinkingtheSpotAEPointFrametotheAFFrame
1 Setthemeteringmethodto[ ].
zz
Followthestepsabovetochoose[
].
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[SpotAEPoint]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[AFPoint](=91).
XX
TheSpotAEPointframewillnowbelinked
tothemovementoftheAFframe(=185).
• Notavailablewhen[AFFrame]issetto[FaceAiAF](=184).
168
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
StillImages
Changing the ISO Speed
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtochoosetheISO
speed.
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
AutomaticallyadjuststheISOspeedtosuitthe
shootingmodeandconditions.
Forshootingoutdoorsinfairweather.
Low Forshootingincloudyconditions,orat
twilight.
High Forshootingnightscenes,orindark
rooms.
Y
P
O
• ToviewtheautomaticallysetISOspeedwhenthecameraissetto[ ],
presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
• AlthoughchoosingalowerISOspeedmayreduceimagegraininess,there
maybeagreaterriskofsubjectblurrinessinsomeshootingconditions.
• ChoosingahigherISOspeedwillincreaseshutterspeed,whichmayreduce
subjectblurrinessandincreasethelashrange.However,shotsmaylook
grainy.
• YoucanalsosettheISOspeedbypressingthe<m>button,choosing[ ],
choosinganoption(eitherbypressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturningthe
<7>dial),andthenpressingthe<m>button.Tospecify[ ],pressthe
>buttononthesettingscreen.
<
C
169
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
StillImages
Adjustingthe Setting
Whenthecameraissetto[ ],maximumISOspeedcanbespeciiedin
arangeof[ ]–[ ],andsensitivitycanbespeciiedinarangeofthree
levels.
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[ISO
AutoSettings]onthe[4]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button(=91).
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Chooseamenuitemtoconigure,and
thenchoosethedesiredoption(=91).
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[ISOAutoSettings]screenwhenchoosingtheISO
speedintheFUNC.menu,bypressingthe<n>button.
Y
P
O
Changing the Noise Reduction Level (High
ISO NR)
C
Youcanchoosefrom3levelsofnoisereduction:[Standard],[High],[Low].
ThisfunctionisespeciallyeffectivewhenshootingathighISOspeeds.
Chooseanoisereductionlevel.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[High
ISONR]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose
thedesiredoption.
• Notavailablewith[
170
]or[
](=198).
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
StillImages
Auto Exposure Bracketing (AEB Mode)
Threeconsecutiveimagesarecapturedatdifferentexposurelevels
(standardexposure,underexposure,andthenoverexposure)eachtime
youshoot.Youcanadjusttheamountofunderexposureandoverexposure
(relativetostandardexposure)from–2to+2stopsin1/3-stopincrements.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose
[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[
(=89).
]
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
adjustthesettingbypressingthe
<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.
Y
P
O
C
• AEBisonlyavailablein[!]mode(=111).
• Continuousshooting(=179)isnotavailableinthismode.
• Ifexposurecompensationisalreadyinuse(=166),thevaluespeciiedfor
thatfunctionistreatedasthestandardexposurelevelforthisfunction.
• Youcanalsoaccessthesettingscreenofstep2bypressingthe<n>
buttonwhentheexposurecompensationscreen(=166)isdisplayed.
• Threeshotsaretaken,regardlessofanyquantityspeciiedin[$](=108).
• In[BlinkDetection]mode(=131),thisfunctionisonlyavailableforthe
inalshot.
• Toaccessthesettingscreeninstep2,youcaneithertouch[
]onthescreen
]ontheexposurecompensationscreen(=166).
instep1ortouch[
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouchingordraggingthebaronthe
].
settingscreeninstep2tospecifyavalueandthentouching[
171
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
StillImages
Correcting Image Brightness (i-Contrast)
Beforeshooting,excessivelybrightordarkimageareas(suchasfacesor
backgrounds)canbedetectedandautomaticallyadjustedtotheoptimal
brightness.
Toavoidwashed-outhighlights,specifyDynamicRangeCorrection.To
preserveimagedetailinshadows,specifyShadowCorrect.
• Undersomeshootingconditions,correctionmaybeinaccurateor
maycauseimagestoappeargrainy.
• Youcanalsocorrectexistingimages(=254).
• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<y>ringadjustsDR
CorrectionorShadowCorrectsettings(=206).
StillImages
DynamicRangeCorrection(DRCorrection)
Y
P
O
Tonedownbrightimageareas,whichmightotherwiselookwashedout,as
follows.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[@]is
displayed.
C
Item
AvailableISOSpeed
(=169)
Details
―
172
Automaticadjustmenttopreventwashed-out
highlights
[
],[
]–[
]
Tonedownhighlightsbyabout200%relative
tothebrightnesslevelof[ ].
[
],[
]–[
]
Tonedownhighlightsbyabout400%relative
tothebrightnesslevelof[ ].
[
],[
]–[
]
ImageBrightness(ExposureCompensation)
• ISOspeed(=169)willbeadjustedtoaspeedwithinthe
supportedrangeifyouhavespeciiedavalueoutsidethe
supportedrangeindicatedhere.
StillImages
ShadowCorrect
Automaticallypreserveimagedetailinshadowsasfollows.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,pressthe<n>button,
andchoose[ ](=89).
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[@]is
displayed.
Using the ND Filter
Y
P
O
Toshootatslowershutterspeedsandsmalleraperturevalues,usetheND
ilter,whichreduceslightintensityto1/8theactuallevel(equivalentto3
stops).
C
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose
[ ]inthemenu,andthenchoose[
(=89).
]
• Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepit
stillandpreventcamerashake.Additionally,youshouldset[IS
Mode]to[Off]whenusingatripodorothermeanstoholdthe
camerastill(=199).
173
Color and Continuous Shooting
StillImages
Movies
Adjusting White Balance
Byadjustingwhitebalance(WB),youcanmakeimagecolorslookmore
naturalforthesceneyouareshooting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
h
S
174
Auto
Automaticallysetstheoptimalwhitebalancefortheshooting
conditions.
DayLight
Forshootingoutdoorsinfairweather.
Cloudy
Forshootingincloudyconditions,intheshade,orattwilight.
Tungsten
Forshootingunderordinaryincandescent(tungsten)lighting
andsimilarlycoloredluorescentlighting.
Fluorescent
Forshootingunderwarm-white(orsimilarlycolored)orcoolwhiteluorescentlighting.
FluorescentH
Forshootingunderdaylightluorescentandsimilarlycolored
luorescentlighting.
Flash
Forshootingwiththelash.
Underwater
Setstheoptimalwhitebalanceforshootingunderwater.Tones
downbluestoproducenatural-lookingcolorsoverall.
Custom
Formanuallysettingacustomwhitebalance(=175).
Y
P
O
C
ColorandContinuousShooting
StillImages
Movies
CustomWhiteBalance
Forimagecolorsthatlooknaturalunderthelightinyourshot,adjustwhite
balancetosuitthelightsourcewhereyouareshooting.Setthewhite
balanceunderthesamelightsourcethatwillilluminateyourshot.
zz
Followthestepson=174andchoose
[
]or[
].
zz
Aimthecameraataplainwhitesubject,
sothattheentirescreeniswhite.Press
the< >button.
XX
Thetintofthescreenchangesoncethe
whitebalancedatahasbeenrecorded.
• Colorsmaylookunnaturalifyouchangecamerasettingsafter
recordingwhitebalancedata.
Y
P
O
• Youcanalsorecordwhitebalancedataonthescreenabovebytouching
].
[
StillImages
C
Movies
ManuallyCorrectingWhiteBalance
Youcancorrectwhitebalance.Thisadjustmentcanmatchtheeffectof
usingacommerciallyavailablecolortemperatureconversionilterorcolorcompensatingilter.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Followthestepson=174tochoose
[
].
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtoadjustthecorrection
levelforBandA.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[
displayed.
]is
175
ColorandContinuousShooting
2 Conigureadvancedsettings.
zz
Toconiguremoreadvancedsettings,
pressthe<n>buttonandadjust
thecorrectionlevelbyturningthe
<y>ringor<7>dialorpressingthe
<o><p><q><r>buttons.
zz
Toresetthecorrectionlevel,pressthe
< >button.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontocomplete
thesetting.
• Thecamerawillretainwhitebalancecorrectionlevelsevenif
youswitchtoanotherwhitebalanceoption(byfollowingstepson
=174),butcorrectionlevelswillberesetifyourecordcustom
whitebalancedata.
• B:blue;A:amber;M:magenta;G:green
• YoucancustomizecameraoperationsothattheBandAadjustmentscreen
canbeaccessedsimplybyturningthe<y>ring(=206).
• Onelevelofblue/ambercorrectionisequivalenttoabout7miredsonacolor
temperatureconversionilter.(Mired:Colortemperatureunitrepresenting
colortemperatureconversionilterdensity)
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsochoosethecorrectionlevelbytouchingordraggingthebarin
step1ortheframeinstep2.
]instep1.
• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2bytouching[
]torestoretheoriginalleveland
• Onthescreeninstep2,youcantouch[
]toreturntotheshootingscreen.
touch[
176
ColorandContinuousShooting
StillImages
Movies
Changing Image Color Tones (My Colors)
Changeimagecolortonesasdesired,suchasconvertingimagestosepia
orblackandwhite.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
MyColorsOff
―
Vivid
Emphasizescontrastandcolorsaturation,makingimages
sharper.
Neutral
Tonesdowncontrastandcolorsaturationforsubdued
images.
Sepia
Createssepiatoneimages.
Y
P
O
B/W
Createsblackandwhiteimages.
PositiveFilm
CombinestheeffectsofVividBlue,VividGreen,and
VividRedtoproduceintenseyetnatural-lookingcolors
resemblingimagesonpositiveilm.
C
LighterSkinTone
Lightensskintones.
DarkerSkinTone
Darkensskintones.
VividBlue
Emphasizesbluesinimages.Makesthesky,ocean,and
otherbluesubjectsmorevivid.
VividGreen
Emphasizesgreensinimages.Makesmountains,foliage,
andothergreensubjectsmorevivid.
VividRed
Emphasizesredsinimages.Makesredsubjectsmore
vivid.
CustomColor
Adjustcontrast,sharpness,colorsaturation,andother
qualitiesasdesired(=178).
177
ColorandContinuousShooting
• Whitebalance(=174)cannotbesetin[ ]or[ ]modes.
• With[ ]and[ ]modes,colorsotherthanpeople’sskintone
maybemodiied.Thesesettingsmaynotproducetheexpected
resultswithsomeskintones.
StillImages
Movies
CustomColor
Choosethedesiredlevelofimagecontrast,sharpness,colorsaturation,
red,green,blue,andskintonesinarangeof1–5.
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Followthestepson=177tochoose
[
],andthenpressthe<n>button.
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
Y
P
O
anoption,andthenspecifythevalueby
pressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturning
the<7>dial.
zz
Forstronger/moreintenseeffects(or
darkerskintones),adjustthevalueto
theright,andforweaker/lightereffects
(orlighterskintones),adjustthevalueto
theleft.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontocomplete
thesetting.
C
• Youcanalsospecifyavaluebytouchingordraggingthebar.
178
ColorandContinuousShooting
StillImages
Continuous Shooting
Holdtheshutterbuttonallthewaydowntoshootcontinuously.
Fordetailsonthecontinuousshootingspeed,see“Speciications”
(=333).
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
XX
Theoptionyouconiguredisnow
displayed.
2 Shoot.
XX
Holdtheshutterbuttonallthewaydown
toshootcontinuously.
Mode
W Continuous
Description
Y
P
O
Continuousshooting,withthefocusandexposuredetermined
whenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
Continuous
ShootingAF
Continuousshootingandfocusing.
[AFFrame]issetto[1-point]andcannotbechanged.
Continuous
ShootingLV*
Continuousshooting,withthefocusixedattheposition
determinedinmanualfocusing.In[t]mode,focusisdetermined
bytheirstshot.
C
*In[t]mode(=138),AFlock(=191),ormanualfocusmode(=182),[ ]is
changedto[ ].
*Fordetailsonthecontinuousshootingspeedineachmode,see“Speciications”
(=333).
179
ColorandContinuousShooting
• Cannotbeusedwiththeself-timer(=107)or[BlinkDetection]
(=131).
• Shootingmaystopmomentarilyorcontinuousshootingmayslow
downdependingonshootingconditions,camerasettings,andthe
zoomposition.
• Asmoreshotsaretaken,shootingmayslowdown.
• Shootingmayslowdownifthelashires.
• WithTouchShutter(=110),thecamerawillonlytakeoneshot
insteadofshootingcontinuously.
• IfyouuseFaceID(=113)in[W],thenamerecordedintheimagewillbe
ixedtothelocationwhereitisdisplayedintheirstshot.Evenifthesubject
moves,thenamewillstayixedinthesamepositionforanysubsequent
shots.
Y
P
O
C
180
Shooting Range and Focusing
StillImages
Shooting Close-ups (Macro)
Torestrictthefocustosubjectsatcloserange,setthecamerato[e].For
detailsonthefocusingrange,see“Speciications”(=333).
zz
Pressthe<q>button,choose[e](either
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[e]is
displayed.
• Ifthelashires,vignettingmayoccur.
• WiththeAFframemodesetto[FaceAiAF],usingTouchShutter
returnsthecamerato[ ].
Y
P
O
• Topreventcamerashake,trymountingthecameraonatripodandshooting
withthecamerasetto[[](=108).
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbypressingthe<q>button,touching[e],
andthentouchingitagain.
C
181
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
Movies
Shooting in Manual Focus Mode
WhenfocusingisnotpossibleinAFmode,usemanualfocus.Youcan
specifythegeneralfocalpositionandthenpresstheshutterbuttonhalfway
tohavethecameradeterminetheoptimalfocalpositionneartheposition
youspeciied.Fordetailsonthefocusingrange,see“Speciications”
(=333).
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Pressthe<q>button,choose[
]
(eitherpressthe<q><r>buttonsorturn
the<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
[ ]andtheMFindicatoraredisplayed.
2 Specifythegeneralfocal
position.
zz
Referringtotheon-screenMFindicator
Y
P
O
bar(whichshowsthedistanceandfocal
position)andthemagniieddisplayarea,
pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtospecifythegeneralfocal
position,andthenpressthe<m>button.
C
MFIndicator
3 Fine-tunethefocus.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonhalfwaytohave
thecameraine-tunethefocalposition
(SafetyMF).
• AFframemodeorsizecannotbechangedwhilefocusing
manually(=184).IfyouwanttochangetheAFframemodeor
size,cancelmanualfocusmodeirst.
• Focusingispossiblewhenusingthedigitalzoom(=105)or
digitaltele-converter(=183),orwhenusingaTVasadisplay
(=284),butthemagniieddisplaywillnotappear.
182
ShootingRangeandFocusing
• Youcanalsoadjustthefocusbyturningthe<y>ring(=206).
• Tofocusmoreaccurately,tryattachingthecameratoatripodtostabilizeit.
• Tohidethemagniieddisplayarea,pressthe<n>buttonandset[MFPointZoom]onthe[4]tabto[Off](=91).
• Todeactivateautomaticfocusine-tuningwhentheshutterbuttonispressed
halfway,pressthe<n>buttonandset[SafetyMF]onthe[4]tabto
[Off](=91).
StillImages
Movies
Digital Tele-Converter
Thefocallengthofthelenscanbeincreasedbyapproximately1.5xor2.0x.
Thiscanreducecamerashakebecausetheshutterspeedisfasterthanit
wouldbeifyouzoomed(includingusingdigitalzoom)intothesamezoom
factor.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[DigitalZoom]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choosethedesiredoption(=91).
XX
Theviewisenlargedandthezoomfactor
isdisplayedonthescreen.
Y
P
O
C
• Thedigitaltele-convertercannotbeusedwithdigitalzoom
(=105)andAF-pointzoom(=130).
• Therespectivefocallengthswhenusing[1.5x]and[2.0x]are36.0–180.0
mmand48.0–120.0mm(35mmilmequivalent).
• Theshutterspeedmaybeequivalentwhenyoumovethezoomleverallthe
waytoward<i>formaximumtelephoto,andwhenyouzoomintoenlarge
thesubjecttothesamesizefollowingstep2on=105.
183
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
Movies
Changing the AF Frame Mode
ChangetheAF(autofocus)framemodetosuittheshootingconditionsas
follows.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[AF
Frame]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose
thedesiredoption(=91).
StillImages
Movies
FaceAiAF
• Detectspeople’sfaces,andthensetsthefocus,exposure(evaluative
meteringonly),andwhitebalance([ ]only).
• Afteryouaimthecameraatthesubject,awhiteframeisdisplayedaround
theperson’sfacedeterminedbythecameratobethemainsubject,andup
totwograyframesaredisplayedaroundotherdetectedfaces.
• Whenthecameradetectsmovement,frameswillfollowmovingsubjects,
withinacertainrange.
• Afteryoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway,uptoninegreenframesare
displayedaroundfacesinfocus.
Y
P
O
C
• Iffacesarenotdetected,orwhenonlygrayframesaredisplayed
(withoutawhiteframe),uptoninegreenframesaredisplayedin
theareasinfocuswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
• IffacesarenotdetectedwhenServoAF(=187)issetto[On],
theAFframeisdisplayedinthecenterofthescreenwhenyou
presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
• Examplesoffacesthatcannotbedetected:
-Subjectsthataredistantorextremelyclose
-Subjectsthataredarkorlight
-Facesinproile,atanangle,orpartlyhidden
• Thecameramaymisinterpretnon-humansubjectsasfaces.
• NoAFframesaredisplayedifthecameracannotfocuswhenyou
presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
184
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
Movies
1-point
OneAFframeisdisplayed.Effectiveforreliablefocusing.
• AyellowAFframeisdisplayedwith[ ]ifthecameracannot
focuswhenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.NotethatAFpointzooming(=130)isnotpossible.
• Tocomposeshotssothatsubjectsarepositionedattheedgeorinacorner,
irstaimthecameratocapturethesubjectinanAFframe,andthenhold
theshutterbuttonhalfwaydown.Asyoucontinuetoholdtheshutterbutton
halfway,recomposetheshotasdesired,andthenpresstheshutterbuttonall
thewaydown(FocusLock).
StillImages
MovingandResizingAFFrames(1-point)
WhenyouwanttochangethepositionorsizeoftheAFframe,settheAF
framemodeto[1-point].
Y
P
O
1 MovetheAFframe.
zz
Touchthescreen.AnAFframeis
C
displayedinorangewhereyoutouched
(TouchAF).
zz
Youcanturnthe<7>dialtomovetheAF
frameandpressthe<o><p><q><r>
buttonstoine-tunetheposition.
zz
ToreturntheAFframetotheoriginal
positioninthecenter,pressthe<n>
button.
2 ResizetheAFframe.
zz
ToreducetheAFframesize,turnthe
<y>ring.Turnitagaintorestoreittothe
originalsize.
3 Finishthesetupprocess.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
185
ShootingRangeandFocusing
• AFframesaredisplayedatnormalsizewhenyouusethedigital
zoom(=105)ordigitaltele-converter(=183),andinmanual
focusmode(=182).
• YoucanalsolinktheSpotAEPointframetotheAFframe(=168).
• YoucanalsoconiguretheAFframesizebypressingthe<n>button
andchoosing[AFFrameSize]onthe[4]tab.
• Onthescreeninstep2,youcanalsomovetheAFframebytouchingthe
],or
screen,restoretheAFframetotheoriginalpositionbytouching[
].
exitthesettingbytouching[
Y
P
O
C
186
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
ShootingwithServoAF
Thismodehelpsavoidmissingshotsofsubjectsinmotion,becausethe
cameracontinuestofocusonthesubjectandadjusttheexposureaslong
asyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[ServoAF]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[On](=91).
2 Focus.
zz
Thefocusandexposurearemaintained
wheretheblueAFframeisdisplayed
whileyouarepressingtheshutterbutton
halfway.
Y
P
O
• Focusingmaynotbepossibleinsomeshootingconditions.
• Inlow-lightconditions,ServoAFmaynotbeactivated(AFframes
maynotturnblue)whenyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
Inthiscase,thefocusandexposurearesetaccordingtothe
speciiedAFframemode.
• Ifadequateexposurecannotbeobtained,shutterspeedsand
aperturevaluesaredisplayedinorange.Releasetheshutter
button,andthenpressithalfwayagain.
• AFlockshootingisnotavailable.
• [AF-PointZoom]onthe[4]tabisnotavailable.
• Notavailablewhenusingtheself-timer(=107).
C
187
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
Changing the Focus Setting
Youcanchangedefaultcameraoperationofconstantlyfocusingon
subjectsitisaimedat,evenwhentheshutterbuttonisnotpressed.Instead,
youcanlimitcamerafocusingtothemomentyoupresstheshutterbutton
halfway.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[ContinuousAF]onthe[4]tab,andthen
choose[Off](=91).
On
Helpsavoidmissingsuddenphoto
opportunities,becausethecamera
constantlyfocusesonsubjectsuntilyou
presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.
Off
Conservesbatterypower,becausethe
cameradoesnotfocusconstantly.
Y
P
O
StillImages
Movies
Choosing Subjects to Focus On (Touch AF)
Youcanshootafterchoosingaperson’sfaceoranothersubjecttofocuson.
C
1 SettheAFframeto[FaceAiAF]
(=184).
2 Chooseaperson’sfaceor
anothersubjecttofocuson.
zz
Touchthesubjectorpersononthe
screen.
188
ShootingRangeandFocusing
XX
Whenthesubjectisdetected,thecamera
beepsand[ ]isdisplayed.Thecamera
willcontinuetotrackthesubject,evenif
itmoves.
zz
TocancelTouchAF,touch[^].
3 Shoot.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.After
thecamerafocuses,[ ]changestoa
green[ ].
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown
toshoot.
• Ifyoupreferthecameranottoshootwhenyoutouchthescreen,
makesure[TouchShutter]modeisdeactivated.Pressthe
<n>button,andonthe[4]tab,select[TouchShutter:Off]
(=110).
• Trackingmaynotbepossiblewhensubjectsaretoosmallormove
toorapidly,orwhenthereisinadequatecontrastbetweensubjects
andthebackground.
• Evenifyouareshootingin[e]mode(=181),thecamerawill
revertto[ ]modeifyoutouchthescreentospecifywhereto
focus.
• If[FaceID]issetto[On],nameswillnotdisplaywhenregistered
peoplearedetected,butthenameswillberecordedinthestill
images(=113).However,anamewilldisplayifthesubject
chosentofocusonisthesameasapersondetectedwithFaceID.
Y
P
O
C
189
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
Choosing a Person to Focus On (Face Select)
Youcanshootafterchoosingaspeciicperson’sfacetofocuson.
1 PreparethecameraforFace
Select.
zz
SettheAFframeto[FaceAiAF](=184).
zz
Assign[ ]tothe< >button(=211).
2 EnterFaceSelectmode.
zz
Aimthecameraattheperson’sfaceand
pressthe<
>button.
XX
After[FaceSelect:On]isdisplayed,a
faceframe[ ]isdisplayedaroundthe
facedetectedasthemainsubject.
zz
Evenifthesubjectmoves,thefaceframe
[ ]followsthesubjectwithinacertain
range.
Y
P
O
3 Choosethefacetofocuson.
zz
Toswitchthefaceframe[
]toanother
detectedface,pressthe< >button.
zz
Afteryouhaveswitchedthefaceframe
toalldetectedfaces,[FaceSelect:Off]
isdisplayed,andthespeciiedAFframe
modescreenisdisplayedagain.
C
4 Shoot.
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonhalfway.Afterthe
camerafocuses,[
]changesto[
].
zz
Presstheshutterbuttonallthewaydown
toshoot.
• When[FaceID]issetto[On],namesofanyregisteredpeopledetectedare
notdisplayedwhenyouhaveselectedanother,unregisteredfacetofocus
on.However,theirnameswillberecordedinthestillimages(=113).
190
ShootingRangeandFocusing
StillImages
Movies
Shooting with the AF Lock
Thefocuscanbelocked.Afteryoulockthefocus,thefocalpositionwillnot
changeevenwhenyoureleaseyouringerfromtheshutterbutton.
1 Lockthefocus.
zz
Withtheshutterbuttonpressedhalfway,
pressthe<q>button.
XX
Thefocusisnowlocked,and[
]is
displayed.
XX
Tounlockthefocus,holdtheshutter
buttonhalfwaydownandpressthe<q>
buttonagain.
2 Composetheshotandshoot.
Y
P
O
• CannotbeusedwithTouchShutter(=110)orTouchAF(=188).
C
StillImages
Focus Bracketing (Focus-BKT Mode)
Threeconsecutiveimagesarecapturedeachtimeyoushoot,withthe
irstoneatthefocaldistanceyousetmanuallyandtheothersatfarther
andnearerfocalpositionsdeterminedbypresets.Thedistancefromyour
speciiedfocuscanbesetinthreelevels.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
themenu,andthenchoose[
(=89).
]
]in
191
ShootingRangeandFocusing
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
adjustthesettingbypressingthe
<q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.
• Focusbracketingisonlyavailablein[!]mode(=111).
• Continuousshooting(=179)isnotavailableinthismode.
• Youcanalsoaccessthesettingscreeninstep2bychoosing[
]instep1
on=182andpressingthe<n>button.
• Threeshotsaretaken,regardlessofanyquantityspeciiedin[$](=108).
• In[BlinkDetection]mode(=131),thisfunctionisonlyavailablefortheinal
shot.
Y
P
O
• Toaccessthescreeninstep2,youcaneithertouch[
]onthescreenin
]onthemanualfocusscreen(=182).
step1ortouch[
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouchingordraggingthebaronthe
].
screeninstep2tospecifyavalueandthentouching[
C
192
Flash
StillImages
Activating Flash
Youcanhavethelashireforeachshot.Fordetailsonthelashrange,see
“Speciications”(=333).
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<r>button,choose[h](either
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Ifthelashisdown,itwillberaised
automatically.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[h]is
displayed.
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbypressingthe<r>button,touching[h],
andthentouchingitagain.
Y
P
O
C
193
Flash
StillImages
Shooting with Slow Synchro
Withthisoption,thelashirestoincreasethebrightnessofthemain
subject(suchaspeople)whilethecamerashootsataslowshutterspeedto
increasethebrightnessofthebackgroundthatisoutofthelashrange.
Fordetailsonthelashrange,see“Speciications”(=333).
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<r>button,choose[Z](either
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dial),andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Ifthelashisdown,itwillberaised
automatically.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[Z]is
displayed.
2 Shoot.
Y
P
O
zz
Evenafterthelashires,ensurethat
themainsubjectdoesnotmoveuntilthe
shuttersoundisinishedplaying.
C
• Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepit
stillandpreventcamerashake.Additionally,youshouldset[IS
Mode]to[Off]whenusingatripodorothermeanstoholdthe
camerastill(=199).
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbypressingthe<r>button,touching[Z],
andthentouchingitagain.
194
Flash
StillImages
Adjusting the Flash Exposure Compensation
Justaswithregularexposurecompensation(=166),youcanadjustthe
lashexposurefrom–2to+2stops,in1/3-stopincrements.
zz
Pressthe<r>buttonandimmediately
turnthe<y>ringtochoosethe
compensationlevel,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[X]is
displayed.
• Whenthereisariskofoverexposure,thecameraautomaticallyadjuststhe
shutterspeedoraperturevalueduringthelashshotstoreducewashedouthighlightsandshootatoptimalexposure.However,youcandeactivate
automaticadjustmentoftheshutterspeedandaperturevaluebyaccessing
<n>(=91)andsetting[SafetyFE]in[FlashSettings]onthe[4]
tabto[Off].
• Youcanalsoconigurethelashexposurecompensationbyaccessing
<n>(=91)andchoosing[FlashExp.Comp]in[FlashSettings]on
the[4]tab.
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[FlashSettings]<n>screenbypressingthe
<r>buttonandthenthe<n>button.
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[FlashSettings]<n>screenbypressingthe
].
<r>buttonandtouching[
195
Flash
StillImages
Shooting with the FE Lock
JustaswiththeAElock(=167),youcanlocktheexposureforthelash
shots.
1 Setthelashto[h](=193).
2 Lockthelashexposure.
zz
Aimthecameraatthesubjecttoshoot
withtheexposurelocked.Withthe
shutterbuttonpressedhalfway,pressthe
<o>button.
XX
Thelashires,andwhen[ ]is
displayed,thelashoutputlevelis
retained.
zz
TounlockFE,releasetheshutterbutton
andpressthe<o>buttonagain.Inthis
case,[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
Y
P
O
3 Composetheshotandshoot.
zz
Afteroneshot,FEisunlockedand[
C
nolongerdisplayed.
]is
• FELockcannotbeusedwithTouchShutter(=110)orTouchAF
(=188),becausetouchingthescreenwillcancelFELock.
• FE:FlashExposure
196
Flash
StillImages
Changing the Flash Timing
Changethetimingofthelashandshutterreleaseasfollows.
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Flash
Settings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpress
the<m>button(=91).
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Choose[ShutterSync.],andthenchoose
thedesiredoption(=91).
1st-curtain
Thelashiresimmediatelyafter
theshutteropens.
2nd-curtain
Thelashiresimmediatelybefore
theshuttercloses.
Y
P
O
C
197
StillImages
Shooting RAW Images
RAWimagesare“raw”(unprocessed)data,recordedwithessentiallyno
lossofimagequalityfromthecamera’sinternalimageprocessing.Usethe
DigitalPhotoProfessional(=27)toadjustRAWimagesasdesiredwith
minimallossofimagequality.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,andchoosethedesiredoption
(=89).
RecordsJPEGimages.JPEGimagesareprocessedinthecameraforoptimal
imagequalityandcompressedtoreduceilesize.However,thecompression
processisirreversible,andimagescannotberestoredtotheiroriginal,
unprocessedstate.Imageprocessingmayalsocausesomelossofimagequality.
RecordsRAWimages.RAWimagesare“raw”(unprocessed)data,recordedwith
essentiallynolossofimagequalityfromthecamera’simageprocessing.The
datacannotbeusedinthisstateforviewingorprintingonacomputer.Youmust
irstusetheincludedsoftware(DigitalPhotoProfessional)toconvertimagesto
ordinaryJPEGorTIFFiles.Imagescanbeadjustedwithminimallossofimage
quality.
Fordetailsonresolutionandthenumberofshotsthatwillitonacard,see
“Speciications”(=333).
Y
P
O
C
Recordstwoimages,bothaRAWimageandaJPEGimage,foreachshot.
TheJPEGimagecanbeprintedorviewedonacomputerwithoutusingthe
includedsoftware.
• WhentransferringRAWimages(orRAWandJPEGimages
recordedtogether)toacomputer,alwaysusetheincluded
software(=27).
• Digitalzoom(=105),datestamps(=112),andred-eye
reduction(=125)aresetto[Off]in[ ]and[ ]modes.
Additionally,i-Contrast(=172),MyColors(=177)andnoise
reductionlevel(=170)cannotbeconigured.
• TheileextensionforJPEGimagesis.JPG,andtheextensionforRAW
imagesis.CR2.
198
Other Settings
StillImages
Changing the Compression Ratio (Image
Quality)
Choosefromtwocompressionratios,asfollows:[ ](SuperFine),
[ ](Fine).Forguidelinesonhowmanyshotsateachcompressionratio
canitonamemorycard,see“Speciications”(=333).
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<m>button,choose[
]in
themenu,pressthe<n>button,
andchoosethedesiredoption(=89).
StillImages
Movies
Changing the IS Mode Settings
Y
P
O
Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[IS
C
Mode]onthe[4]tab,andthenchoose
thedesiredoption(=91).
Optimalimagestabilizationforthe
Continuous shootingconditionsisautomatically
applied(IntelligentIS)(=103).
Shoot
Only*
Imagestabilizationisactiveonlyat
themomentofshooting.
Off
Deactivatesimagestabilization.
*Thesettingischangedto[Continuous]formovie
recording.
• Ifimagestabilizationcannotpreventcamerashake,mountthe
cameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestoholditstill.Inthis
case,set[ISMode]to[Off].
199
Y
P
O
C
200
5
Tv, Av, M, and C Mode
Takesmarter,moresophisticatedshots,andcustomize
thecameraforyourshootingstyle
Y
P
O
C
• Instructionsinthischapterapplytothecameraassettotherespective
mode.
201
StillImages
Speciic Shutter Speeds (<Tv> Mode)
Setyourpreferredshutterspeedbeforeshootingasfollows.Thecamera
automaticallyadjuststheaperturevaluetosuityourshutterspeed.
Fordetailsonavailableshutterspeeds,see“Speciications”(=333).
1 Enter<M>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<M>.
2 Settheshutterspeed.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtosettheshutter
speed.
• Withshutterspeedsof1.3secondsorslower,therewillbeadelay
beforeyoucanshootagain,asimagesareprocessedtoremove
noise.
• Whenshootingatlowshutterspeedsonatripod,youshouldset
[ISMode]to[Off](=199).
• Thespeedyousetmaybeloweredautomaticallyasneededifthe
lashires.
• Withshutterspeedsof1.3secondsorslower,ISOspeedis[ ]
andcannotbechanged.
• Orangedisplayofaperturevalueswhenyoupresstheshutter
buttonhalfwayindicatesthatthesettingsdeviatefromstandard
exposure.Adjusttheshutterspeeduntiltheaperturevalueis
displayedinwhite,orusesafetyshift(=203).
Y
P
O
C
• <M>:Timevalue
• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<7>dialchanges
theshutterspeed(=206).
202
StillImages
Speciic Aperture Values (<Av> Mode)
Setyourpreferredaperturevaluebeforeshootingasfollows.Thecamera
automaticallyadjuststheshutterspeedtosuityouraperturevalue.
Fordetailsonavailableaperturevalues,see“Speciications”(=333).
1 Enter<B>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<B>.
2 Settheaperturevalue.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtosettheaperture
value.
• Orangedisplayofshutterspeedswhenyoupresstheshutter
buttonhalfwayindicatesthatthesettingsdeviatefromstandard
exposure.Adjusttheaperturevalueuntiltheshutterspeedis
displayedinwhite,orusesafetyshift(seebelow).
Y
P
O
• <B>:Aperturevalue(sizeoftheopeningmadebytheirisinthelens)
• Toavoidexposureproblemsin<M>and<B>modes,youcanhavethe
cameraautomaticallyadjusttheshutterspeedoraperturevalue,evenwhen
standardexposurecannototherwisebeobtained.Pressthe<n>button
andset[SafetyShift]onthe[4]tabto[On](=91).
However,safetyshiftisdisabledwhenthelashires.
• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<7>dialchanges
theaperturevalue(=206).
C
203
StillImages
Speciic Shutter Speeds and Aperture
Values (<M> Mode)
Followthesestepsbeforeshootingtosetyourpreferredshutterspeedand
aperturevaluetoobtainthedesiredexposure.
Fordetailsonavailableshutterspeedsandaperturevalues,see
“Speciications”(=333).
1 Enter<D>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<D>.
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Turnthe<7>dialtosettheshutter
ApertureValue
ShutterSpeed
Standard
ExposureLevel
ExposureLevel
Mark
ExposureLevel
Indicator
speed,andturnthe<y>ringtosetthe
aperturevalue.
XX
Anexposurelevelmarkbasedonyour
speciiedvalueisshownontheexposure
levelindicatorforcomparisontothe
standardexposurelevel.
XX
Theexposurelevelmarkisshown
inorangewhenthedifferencefrom
standardexposureexceeds2stops.“–2”
or“+2”isdisplayedinorangeinthelower
rightwhenyoupresstheshutterbutton
halfway.
Y
P
O
C
• Afteryousettheshutterspeedoraperturevalue,theexposure
levelmaychangeifyouadjustthezoomorrecomposetheshot.
• Screenbrightnessmaychangedependingonyourspeciied
shutterspeedoraperturevalue.However,screenbrightness
remainsthesamewhenthelashmodeissetto[h].
• Tohaveboththeshutterspeedandaperturevalueautomatically
adjustedtoobtainstandardexposure,holdtheshutterbutton
halfwayandpressthe<o>button.Notethatstandardexposure
maynotbepossiblewithsomesettings.
• Withshutterspeedsof1.3secondsorslower,ISOspeedis[ ]
andcannotbechanged.
204
SpeciicShutterSpeedsandApertureValues(<M>Mode)
• <D>:Manual
• Calculationofstandardexposureisbasedonthespeciiedmeteringmethod
(=168).
• Youcancustomizecameraoperationsothatturningthe<y>ringadjuststhe
shutterspeedandturningthe<7>dialadjuststheaperturevalue(=206).
StillImages
Adjusting the Flash Output
Choosefromthethreelashlevelsin<D>mode.
1 Enter<D>mode.
zz
Setthemodedialto<D>.
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<r>buttonandimmediately
turnthe<y>ringtochoosethelash
level,andthenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Oncethesettingiscomplete,[X]is
displayed.
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsosetthelashlevelbychoosing[X]intheFUNC.menu
(=89),orbyaccessing<n>(=91)andchoosing[FlashOutput]
in[FlashSettings]onthe[4]tab.
• Youcansetthelashlevelin<M>or<B>modebyaccessing<n>
(=91),choosing[FlashSettings]onthe[4]tab,andthensetting[Flash
Mode]to[Manual].
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[FlashSettings]<n>screenbypressingthe
<r>buttonandthenthe<n>button.
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[FlashSettings]<n>screenbypressingthe
].
<r>buttonandtouching[
205
Customization for Shooting Styles
StillImages
Movies
Changing Control Ring Settings
Reassigncontrolringfunctionsasfollows.Usingthecontrolringisan
enjoyablewaytocontrolthecameraasyouwouldafullymanualcamera.
1 Chooseafunctiontoassignto
the<y>ring.
zz
Pressthe<
>button.
zz
Chooseanoption,eitherbypressingthe
< >or<q><r>buttonsorbyturning
the<y>ringor<7>dial.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontocompletethe
setting.
Y
P
O
2 Conigurethefunctionto
assign.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringorthe<7>dialto
C
coniguretheassignedfunction.
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbypressingthe<
optiontochooseit,andthentouchingitagain.
206
>button,touchingan
CustomizationforShootingStyles
FunctionsAssignabletotheControlRing
Functionsyoucanassigntothecontrolringvarydependingonshooting
mode,andthoseassignmentsdeterminewhichfunctionsyoucanassignto
thecontroldial.
Shooting
Mode
Assignable
Function
y
b
@
D
B
M
G
Av
Av
Tv
ISO
7
Tv
–
–
–
y
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
7
Tv,Av*
Av
Tv
–
y
Tv
+/–
+/–
+/–
Av
Av
Tv
–
7
y
Manualfocusingispossible(=182).
y
Whitebalancecanbecorrected(=174).
Y
P
O
y
Stepzoomingispossible(=106).
y
i-Contrastcanbeset(=172).
y
Theaspectratiocanbechanged(=123).
–
Functionscanbeassignedasdesired(=208).
C
•Av:aperturevalue(=203);Tv:shutterspeed(=202);
ISO:ISOspeed(=169);+/–:exposurecompensation(=166);MF:manualfocus
(=182).
],[@],or[ ]tothe<y>ring,thefunctionsyou
•Whenyouassign[ ],[ ],[
canassigntothe<7>dialarethesameasfor[ ].
*TvandAvsettingscanbetoggledbypressingthe<o>button.
• Iconslabeledwith[ ]indicatethatthefunctionisnotavailableinthe
currentshootingmodeorundercurrentfunctionconditions.
• The<y>ringcanbeusedforstepzoomingin<A>,<K>,ormovie
mode(=106).
207
CustomizationforShootingStyles
StillImages
Movies
AssigningFunctionstotheControlRing
Assignfunctionstothecontrolringbasedoneachshootingmode.
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followingstep1on=206,choose[
andpressthe<n>button.
]
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
FunctionsYouCanAssignto
theControlRing
<7>dialtochoosetheshootingmode
withfunctionstoassign.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<y>ringtochooseafunctiontoassignto
thecontrolring.
XX
Functionsyoucanassigntothecontrol
dialwillbeupdatedautomatically.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontoreturntothe
shootingscreen.
Y
P
O
C
• Youcanalsoaccessthesettingscreenbychoosing[ ]instep1on
].
=206andthentouching[
• Onthesettingscreen,youcanalsoswitchthecontrolringfunctionsby
].
touchingthefunctionsandthen[
208
CustomizationforShootingStyles
StillImages
Switching Control Ring Functions While
Coniguring Settings
Asyoutouchthescreentoswitchbetweenthefunctionsyouare
coniguring,youcanturnthecontrolringtospecifyISOspeed,exposure
compensation,shutterspeed,andaperturevalueimmediately.
zz
Aftertouchingtherightedgeofthe
screen(insidetheframeshownatleft)to
viewsettings,youcandragupordownto
chooseanitemandturnthe<y>ringto
specifyavalue.
Y
P
O
C
Availablesettingitemsvarybyshootingmode.Notethatthefunctions
assignedtothecontrolring(=206)arenotdisplayed.
D
B
M
G
ISO
Tv
Av
ISO
+/–
Av
ISO
+/–
Tv
ISO
+/–
•+/–:exposurecompensation(=166);ISO:ISOspeed(=169);Tv:shutterspeed
(=202);Av:aperturevalue(=203)
209
CustomizationforShootingStyles
StillImages
Movies
Customizing Display Information
Customizewhatinformationisshowninvariousdisplaymodes(switchedby
pressingthe<p>button),andwhetherornottheinformationisshownon
theLCDmonitororviewinder.
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[CustomDisplay]onthe[4]tab,and
thenpressthe<m>button(=91).
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochooseanitem,and
thenpressthe<m>button.Itemsyou
choosefordisplayarelabeledwith[ ].
XX
Selecteditems(labeledwitha[ ])will
beincludedindisplay.
Y
P
O
ShootingInfo
Displaysshootinginformation(=314).
GridLines
Displaysareferencegrid.
C
ElectronicLevel Displaystheelectroniclevel(=129).
Histogram
Displaysahistogram(=219),in<G>,<M>,<B>,and<D>
modes.
• Settingswillnotbesavedifyoupresstheshutterbuttonhalfwayand
returntotheshootingscreenfromthecustomdisplaysettingsscreen.
• Grayed-outitemscanalsobespeciied,buttheymaynotbe
displayedinsomeshootingmodes.
• Gridlinesarenotrecordedinyourshots.
• Youcanalsochooseanitemtodisplaybytouchingit.
210
CustomizationforShootingStyles
StillImages
Assigning Functions to the <
Movies
> Button
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Set
button]onthe[4]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button(=91).
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochooseafunctionto
assign,andthenpressthe<m>button.
3 Usetheassignedfunctionas
needed.
zz
Pressthe<
>buttontoactivatethe
assignedfunction.
Y
P
O
• Torestoredefaultsettings,choose[
].
• Iconslabeledwith[ ]indicatethatthefunctionisnotavailableinthe
currentshootingmodeorundercurrentfunctionconditions.
],youcanmoveandresizetheAFframebypressingthe<
>
• With[
buttonin[1-point]AFframemode(=185).
>button
• Whenthe[ ]or[ ]functionisused,eachpressofthe<
recordswhitebalancedata(=175),andthewhitebalancesettingschange
to[ ]or[ ].
>buttonadjustsand
• Whenthe[%]functionisused,eachpressofthe<
locksthefocus,and[%]isdisplayedonthescreen.
>buttonwhenthe[ ]functionisuseddeactivatesscreen
• Pressingthe<
display.Torestorethedisplay,doanyofthefollowing.
-Pressanybutton(otherthanthepowerbutton)
-Holdthecamerainanotherorientation
C
• Youcanalsoconiguresettingsbytouchingadesiredoptionandthen
].
touchingitagainortouching[
211
CustomizationforShootingStyles
StillImages
Saving Shooting Settings
Savecommonlyusedshootingmodesandyourconiguredfunctionsettings
forreuse.Toaccesssavedsettingslater,simplyturnthemodedialto< >.
Evensettingsthatareusuallyclearedwhenyouswitchshootingmodesor
turnthecameraoff(suchasself-timersettings)canberetainedthisway.
Settingsthatcanbesaved
• Shootingmodes(<G>,<M>,<B>,and<D>)
• Itemssetin<G>,<M>,<B>,or<D>modes(=166–204)
• Shootingmenusettings
• Zoompositions
• Manualfocuspositions(=182)
• MyMenusettings(=213)
1 Enterashootingmodewith
Y
P
O
settingsyouwanttosave,and
changethesettingsasdesired.
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Save
C
Settings]onthe[4]tab,andthenpress
the<m>button.
3 Savethesettings.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
212
CustomizationforShootingStyles
• Toeditsavedsettings(excepttheirshootingmode),choose< >,
changethesettings,andthenrepeatsteps2–3.Thesesetting
detailsarenotappliedinothershootingmodes.
• Toclearinformationyouhavesavedto< >andrestoredefaultvalues,turn
themodedialto< >andchoose[ResetAll](=276).
StillImages
Movies
Saving Commonly Used Shooting Menus (My
Menu)
Saveuptoivecommonlyusedshootingmenusasmenusonthe[
forinstantaccesstoalloftheseitemsfromasinglescreen.
]tab,
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[My
Menusettings]onthe[ ]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button(=91).
Y
P
O
C
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Selectitems],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoosemenustosave(upto
ive),andthenpressthe<m>button.
XX
[ ]isdisplayed.
zz
Tocancelsaving,pressthe<m>button.
[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.
213
CustomizationforShootingStyles
3 Rearrangethemenulistorder,
asneeded.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Sort],andthenpress
the<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseamenutomove,and
thenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochangetheorder,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.
• Grayed-outitemsinstep2canalsobespeciied,buttheymaynot
beavailableinsomeshootingmodes.
• TomakeMyMenuimmediatelyaccessiblebypressingthe<n>button
inShootingmode,choose[Setdefaultview]andpressthe<q><r>buttons
tochoose[Yes].
Y
P
O
• Onthe[Selectitems]screenforsavingorclearingitems,youcanalsotouch
itemstoselectthem.
• Onthe[Sort]screen,youcanalsodragitemstochangethedisplayorder.
C
214
6
Playback Mode
Havefunreviewingyourshots,andbrowseoreditthem
inmanyways
Y
P
O
• Topreparethecamerafortheseoperations,pressthe<1>buttonto
enterPlaybackmode.
C
• Itmaynotbepossibletoplaybackoreditimagesthatwere
renamedoralreadyeditedonacomputer,orimagesfromother
cameras.
215
StillImages
Movies
Viewing
Aftershootingimagesormovies,youcanviewthemonthescreenas
follows.
1 EnterPlaybackmode.
zz
Pressthe<1>button.
XX
Yourlastshotisdisplayed.
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Toviewthepreviousimage,press
the<q>buttonorturnthe<7>dial
counterclockwise.Toviewthenext
image,pressthe<r>buttonorturnthe
<7>dialclockwise.
zz
Pressandholdthe<q><r>buttonsto
browsethroughimagesquickly.
Y
P
O
zz
ToaccessScrollDisplaymode,turnthe
C
<7>dialrapidly.Inthismode,turnthe
<7>dialtobrowsethroughimages.
zz
Toreturntosingle-imagedisplay,press
the<m>button.
zz
Tobrowseimagesgroupedbyshooting
date,pressthe<o><p>buttonsin
ScrollDisplaymode.
zz
Moviesareidentiiedbya[
playmovies,gotostep3.
216
]icon.To
Viewing
3 Playmovies.
zz
Tostartplayback,pressthe<m>button
toaccessthemoviecontrolpanel,
choose[ ](eitherpressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthen
pressthe<m>buttonagain.
Volume
4 Adjustthevolume.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstoadjustthe
volume.
5 Pauseplayback.
zz
Topauseorresumeplayback,pressthe
<m>button.
XX
Afterthemovieisinished,[
displayed.
]is
• ToswitchtoShootingmodefromPlaybackmode,presstheshutterbutton
halfway.
• TodeactivateScrollDisplay,pressthe<n>button,choose[Scroll
Display]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoose[Off].
• Ifyouprefertohavethemostrecentshotdisplayedwhenyouenter
Playbackmode,pressthe<n>button,andonthe[1]tab,choose
[Resume]andthen[Lastshot].
• Tochangethetransitionshownbetweenimages,pressthe<n>button,
choose[Transition]onthe[1]tab,andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonsto
choosetheeffect.
Y
P
O
C
Touch-ScreenOperations
zz
Toviewthenextimage,dragleftacross
thescreen,andtoviewtheprevious
image,dragright.
217
Viewing
zz
ToaccessScrollDisplaymode,quickly
dragleftorrightrepeatedly.
zz
YoucanalsochooseimagesinScroll
Displaymodebydraggingleftorright.
zz
Touchingthecentralimagewillrestore
single-imagedisplay.
zz
Tobrowseimagesgroupedbyshooting
dateinScrollDisplaymode,scrollupor
down.
zz
Tostartplayback,touch[
]instep3on
=217.
zz
Toadjustthevolumeduringmovie
playback,quicklydragupordownacross
thescreen.
zz
Tostopplayback,touchthescreen.The
screenshownatleftisdisplayed,andthe
followingoperationsareavailable.
zz
Touch[ ]todisplaythevolume
panel,andthentouch[o][p]toadjust
thevolume.Atavolumeof0,[ ]is
displayed.
zz
Toswitchframes,touchthescrollbaror
dragleftorright.
zz
Toresumeplayback,touch[ ].
zz
Touch[^]toreturntothescreeninstep
2on=216.
Y
P
O
C
218
Viewing
StillImages
Movies
Switching Display Modes
Pressthe<p>buttontoviewotherinformationonthescreen,ortohide
theinformation.Fordetailsontheinformationdisplayed,see=314.
NoInformation
Display
SimpleInformation
Display
Detailed
Information
Display
Enablesyouto
checkthefocus
(=222)*
*Notshownformovies.
• Switchingdisplaymodesbypressingthe<p>buttonisalsopossible
immediatelyafteryoushoot,whileyourshotisdisplayed.However,simple
informationdisplayisnotavailable.Tochangetheinitialdisplaymode,press
the<n>buttonandchoose[ReviewInfo]onthe[4]tab(=134).
• Switchingdisplaymodesisnotpossiblewhilethecameraiswirelessly
connectedtodevicesotherthanprinters.
Y
P
O
C
StillImages
Movies
OverexposureWarning(forImageHighlights)
Washed-outhighlightsintheimagelashonthescreenindetailed
informationdisplay.
StillImages
Histogram
High
Low
Dark
Bright
Movies
zz
Thegraphindetailedinformationdisplay
isahistogramshowingthedistributionof
brightnessintheimage.Thehorizontalaxis
representsthedegreeofbrightness,and
theverticalaxis,howmuchoftheimage
isateachlevelofbrightness.Viewingthe
histogramisawaytocheckexposure.
zz
Thehistogramcanalsobeaccessed
whileshooting(=210,314).
219
Viewing
StillImages
Movies
RGBHistogram,GPSInformationDisplay
zz
SwitchbetweentheRGBhistogram
(stillimagesonly)andGPSinformation
displaybypressingthe<o>buttonin
detailedinformationdisplay.
zz
TheRGBhistogramshowsthe
distributionofshadesofred,green,and
blueinanimage.Thehorizontalaxis
representsR,G,orBbrightness,andthe
verticalaxis,howmuchoftheimageis
atthatlevelofbrightness.Viewingthis
histogramenablesyoutocheckimage
colorcharacteristics.
zz
Usingasmartphoneconnectedwirelessly
tothecamera,youcangeotagimages
onthecamera,addinginformationsuch
aslatitude,longitude,andelevation
(=78).
Youcanreviewthisinformationinthe
GPSinformationdisplay.
Latitude,longitude,elevation,andUTC
(shootingdateandtime)arelistedfrom
toptobottom.
Y
P
O
C
• GPSinformationdisplayisnotavailableforimagesthatlackthis
information.
• UTC:CoordinatedUniversalTime,essentiallythesameasGreenwichMean
Time
220
Viewing
Movies
Viewing Movie Digest Clips
Viewmovieclipsrecordedautomaticallyin[
stillimageshootingasfollows.
]mode(=136)onadayof
1 Chooseanimage.
zz
Stillimagesshotin[
]modearelabeled
]icon.
withan[
zz
Chooseastillimagelabeledwith[
]
andpressthe<m>button.
2 Playtheclip.
zz
After[Playback
movie?]isdisplayed,
pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Themoviecliprecordedautomaticallyon
thedayofstillimageshootingisplayed
back,fromthebeginning.
Y
P
O
C
• Moviescreatedin[ ]modecanalsobeviewedbydate(=229).
]willnolongerbedisplayedwhenyouareusingthe
• Afteramoment,[
camerawithinformationdisplaydeactivated(=219).
• Youcanalsoplayclipsbytouching[
touching[OK]onthescreeninstep2.
]onthescreeninstep1and
221
Viewing
StillImages
Checking People Detected in Face ID
Ifyouswitchthecameratosimpleinformationdisplaymode(=219),the
namesofuptoivedetectedpeopleregisteredinFaceID(=113)willbe
displayed.
Switchtosimpleinformation
displaymodeandcheck.
zz
Pressthe<p>buttonrepeatedlyuntil
simpleinformationdisplayisactivated,
andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonsto
chooseanimage.
zz
Nameswillbedisplayedondetected
people.
• IfyoudonotwantnamestodisplayonimagesshotusingFaceID,pressthe
<n>button,choose[FaceIDInfo]onthe[1]tab,andthenset[Name
Display]to[Off].
Y
P
O
StillImages
C
Checking the Focus
Tocheckthefocusofyourshots,youcanmagnifytheareaoftheimage
thatwasintheAFframeatthetimeofshooting.
1 AccessFocusCheck.
zz
Pressthe<p>button(=219).
XX
AwhiteframeisdisplayedwheretheAF
framewaswhenthefocuswasset.
XX
Grayframesaredisplayedoverfaces
detectedlater,inPlaybackmode.
XX
Theportionoftheimageintheorange
frameismagniied.
222
Viewing
2 Switchframes.
zz
Movethezoomlevertoward<k>once.
XX
Thescreenatleftisdisplayed.
zz
Toswitchtoadifferentframewhenthere
aremultipleframes,pressthe<m>
button.
3 Zoominorout,orviewother
imageareas.
zz
Asyouexaminethefocus,usethe
zoomlevertozoominorout.Pressthe
<o><p><q><r>buttonstoadjustthe
displayposition.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontorestorethe
originaldisplayinstep1.
• Youcanalsoaccessthescreeninstep2bytouchingthelower-rightimage
instep1.
• Toadjustthedisplayposition,dragacrosstheimageinthelowerrightofthe
]onthe
screeninstep2.Youcanswitchbetweenframesbytouching[
].
screen,oryoucanreturntostep1bytouching[
Y
P
O
C
223
Browsing and Filtering Images
StillImages
Movies
Navigating Through Images in an Index
Bydisplayingmultipleimagesinanindex,youcanquicklyindtheimages
youarelookingfor.
1 Displayimagesinanindex.
zz
Movethezoomlevertoward<g>to
displayimagesinanindex.Movingthe
leveragainwillincreasethenumberof
imagesshown.
zz
Todisplayfewerimages,movethezoom
levertoward<k>.Fewerimagesare
showneachtimeyoumovethelever.
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Turnthe<7>dialtoscrollthroughthe
images.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsto
Y
P
O
chooseanimage.
XX
Anorangeframeisdisplayedaroundthe
selectedimage.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontoviewthe
selectedimageinsingle-imagedisplay.
C
Touch-ScreenOperations
zz
Pinchintoswitchfromsingle-image
displaytoindexdisplay.
zz
Toviewmorethumbnailsperscreen,
pinchinagain.
zz
Dragupordownonthescreentoscroll
throughdisplayedimages.
224
BrowsingandFilteringImages
zz
Toviewfewerthumbnailsperscreen,
spreadyouringersapart.
zz
Touchanimagetochooseit,andtouchit
againtoviewitinsingle-imagedisplay.
StillImages
Movies
Finding Images Matching Speciied Conditions
Finddesiredimagesquicklyonamemorycardfullofimagesbyiltering
imagedisplayorjumpingbetweenimagesaccordingtoyourspeciied
conditions.Youcanalsoprotect(=236)ordelete(=240)theseimages
allatonce.
Favorites
Displaysimagestaggedasfavorites(=244).
ShotDate
Displaystheimagesshotonaspeciicdate.
; MyCategory
Stillimage/Movie
Name
Y
P
O
Displaystheimagesofaspeciiccategory
(=245).
Displaysstillimages,movies,ormoviesshotin
[ ]mode(=136).
C
Displaysimagesofaregisteredperson(=113).
StillImages
Movies
FilteringDisplayby[ ],[ ],[;],or[ ]
1 Choose[ImageSearch].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[ImageSearch]onthe[1]tab
(=91).
225
BrowsingandFilteringImages
2 Choosetheirstconditionfor
imagedisplayornavigation.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoosea
displayilter.
]isselected,youcanview
onlyimagesmatchingthisconditionby
pressingthe<q><r>buttons.Toperform
anactionforalloftheseimagestogether,
pressthe<m>buttonandgotostep4.
zz
When[
3 Choosethesecondcondition
andchecktheimagesfound.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoose
anothercondition.Onceyouturnthe
<7>dial,youcanviewtheimages
narroweddownbyyourconditions.
zz
Tocancelthismode,pressthe<n>
button.
zz
Toswitchtoilteredimagedisplay,press
the<m>buttonandgotostep4.
Y
P
O
4 Viewtheilteredimages.
C
zz
Imagesmatchingyourconditionsare
displayedinyellowframes.Toview
onlytheseimages,pressthe<q><r>
buttons,orturnthe<7>dial.
zz
Toexitilteredimagedisplay,pressthe
<o>button,andafter[Imagesearch
canceled]isdisplayed,pressthe<m>
button.
• Whenthecamerahasfoundnocorrespondingimagesforsome
conditions,thoseconditionswillnotbeavailable.
226
BrowsingandFilteringImages
• Optionsforviewingtheimagesfound(instep4)include“Navigating
ThroughImagesinanIndex”(=224),“ViewingSlideshows”(=234),
and“MagnifyingImages”(=233).Youcanprotect,erase,orprintall
imagesfoundoraddthemtoaphotobookbychoosing[SelectAllImages
inSearch]in“ProtectingImages”(=236),“ErasingAllImages”(=241),
“AddingImagestothePrintList(DPOF)”(=293),or“AddingImagestoa
Photobook”(=296).
• However,ifyourecategorizeimages(=245)oreditthemandsavethem
asnewimages(=251–256),amessageisdisplayedandilteredimage
displayends.
• Youcanalsochooseconditionsbytouchingthescreensinsteps2and3.
• Afterchoosingconditions,youcanviewimagesmatchingyourconditionsby
].
touchingaconditionagainorbytouching[
StillImages
FilteringDisplayby[ ]
Y
P
O
1 Choose[ ].
zz
Followingsteps1–2on=225,choose
[
]andpressthe<m>button.
C
2 Chooseaperson.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttons
tochooseaperson,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
3 Viewtheilteredimages.
zz
Followstep4on=226toviewthe
images.
• [
]isnotavailableunlesspeopleareregistered(=113).
227
BrowsingandFilteringImages
• Youcanalsoviewimagesthatincludeaspeciicpersonbytouchingthe
personinstep2andthentouchingthepersonagain.
StillImages
Movies
Using the Control Ring to Jump
Usethecontrolringtoindandjumpbetweendesiredimagesquicklyby
ilteringimagedisplayaccordingtoyourspeciiedconditions.
JumptoFavorites
Displaysimagestaggedasfavorites(=244).
JumpShotDate
Jumpstotheirstimageineachgroupofimagesthat
wereshotonthesamedate.
Jump10Images
Jumpsby10imagesatatime.
Jump100Images
Jumpsby100imagesatatime.
1 Chooseacondition.
zz
Chooseacondition(orjumpmethod)in
Y
P
O
single-imagedisplaybyturningthe<y>
ringandthenpressingthe<o><p>
buttons.
2 Viewimagesmatchingyour
C
speciiedcondition,orjumpby
thespeciiedamount.
zz
Turnthe<y>ringtoviewonlyimages
matchingtheconditionorjumpbythe
speciiednumberofimagesforwardor
back.
• Turningthe<y>ringwhenbrowsingimagesinindexdisplaywilljumptothe
previousornextimageaccordingtothejumpmethodchoseninsingle-image
display.However,ifyouhavechosen[ ]or[ ],thejumpmethodwillbe
switchedto[ ].
228
BrowsingandFilteringImages
Touch-ScreenOperations
zz
Youcanalsojumptothepreviousornext
imageaccordingtoyourjumpmethod
choseninstep1on=228bydragging
leftorrightwithtwoingers.
Movies
Viewing Movie Digest Movies
Moviescreatedin[
]mode(=136)canbeviewedbydate.
1 Chooseamovie.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[MovieDigestPlayback]onthe[1]tab,
andthenchoosethedate.
Y
P
O
C
2 Playthemovie.
zz
Pressthe<m>buttontostartplayback.
• Youcanalsostartmovieplaybackinstep1bytouchingadesireddate.
229
BrowsingandFilteringImages
StillImages
Viewing Individual Images in a Group
Groupedimagesshotin[ ]mode(=158)aregenerallydisplayed
together,buttheycanalsobeviewedindividually.
1 Chooseanimagegroup.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimagelabeled
],andthenpressthe<m>button.
[
2 Viewindividualimagesinthe
group.
zz
Pressingthe<q><r>buttonsorturning
the<7>dialwilldisplayonlyimagesin
thegroup.
zz
Pressingthe<o>buttonwilldisplay
[Displayallimages].Press<m>to
cancelgroupplayback.
Y
P
O
C
• Duringgroupplayback(step2),youcanbrowsethroughimagesquickly
“NavigatingThroughImagesinanIndex”(=224)andmagnifythem
“MagnifyingImages”(=233).Youcanprotect,erase,orprintallimages
inagroupatonceoraddthemtoaphotobookbychoosing[AllImagesin
Group]in“ProtectingImages”(=236),“ErasingAllImages”(=241),
“AddingImagestothePrintList(DPOF)”(=293),or“AddingImagestoa
Photobook”(=296).
• Toungroupimagessothatyoucanviewthemindividually,pressthe
<n>button,choose[GroupImages]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoose
[Off](=91).However,groupedimagescannotbeungroupedduring
individualplayback.
• Youcanalsoviewgroupimagesindividuallybytouching[
instep1.
230
]onthescreen
Editing Face ID Information
Ifyounoticethatanameisincorrectduringplayback,youcanchangeitor
eraseit.
However,youcannotaddnamesforpeoplewhoarenotdetectedbyFace
ID(namesarenotdisplayed),andforpeoplewhosenameshavebeen
erased.
ChangingNames
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose
[FaceIDInfo]onthe[1]tab(=91).
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[EditIDInfo],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Followingtheprocedureon=216,
chooseanimageandpressthe<m>
button.
zz
Anorangeframeisdisplayedaroundthe
selectedface.Whenmultiplenamesare
displayedinanimage,pressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose
thenametochange,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
3 Choosetheitemtoedit.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[Overwrite],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
4 Choosethenameoftheperson
tooverwrite.
zz
Followstep2on=119tochoose
thenameofthepersonyouwantto
overwrite.
231
EditingFaceIDInformation
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[EditIDInfo]screenbytouchinganimageon
]todisplaytheorangeframe,andthen
thescreeninstep2,touching[
touchingthefacetooverwrite.
• Youcanalsochooseitemstoeditbytouchingtheminstep3.
ErasingNames
zz
Followingstep3on=231,choose
[Erase]andpressthe<m>button.
zz
After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
• Youcanalsoerasenamesbytouching[OK]after[Erase?]isdisplayed.
Y
P
O
C
232
Image Viewing Options
StillImages
Magnifying Images
1 Magnifyanimage.
zz
Movingthezoomlevertoward<k>will
zoominandmagnifytheimage.You
canmagnifyimagesuptoabout10xby
continuingtoholdthezoomlever.
zz
Tozoomout,movethezoomlever
toward<g>.Youcanreturntosingleimagedisplaybycontinuingtoholdit.
2 Movethedisplaypositionand
switchimagesasneeded.
ApproximatePosition
ofDisplayedArea
zz
Tomovethedisplayposition,pressthe
<o><p><q><r>buttons.
zz
Toswitchtootherimageswhilezoomed,
turnthe<7>dial.
Y
P
O
• Youcanreturntosingle-imagedisplayfrommagniieddisplaybypressing
the<n>button.
C
Touch-ScreenOperations
zz
Spreadyouringersapart(pinchout)to
zoomin.
zz
Youcanmagnifyimagesuptoabout10x
byrepeatingthisaction.
zz
Tomovethedisplayposition,dragacross
thescreen.
233
ImageViewingOptions
zz
Pinchintozoomout.
zz
Touch[
]torestoresingle-image
display.
StillImages
Movies
Viewing Slideshows
Automaticallyplaybackimagesfromamemorycardasfollows.
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[Slideshow]onthe[1]tab
(=91).
Y
P
O
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Chooseamenuitemtoconigure,and
C
thenchoosethedesiredoption(=91).
3 Startautomaticplayback.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Start],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
Theslideshowwillstartafewseconds
after[Loadingimage...]isdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontostopthe
slideshow.
• Thecamera’spower-savingfunctions(=86)aredeactivated
duringslideshows.
234
ImageViewingOptions
• Topauseorresumeslideshows,pressthe<m>button.
• Youcanswitchtootherimagesduringplaybackbypressingthe<q><r>
buttonsorturningthe<7>dial.Forfast-forwardorfast-rewind,holdthe
<q><r>buttonsdown.
• [PlayTime]cannotbemodiiedwhen[Bubble]ischosenin[Effect].
• Youcanalsostopslideshowsbytouchingthescreen.
StillImages
Auto Playback of Similar Images (Smart Shufle)
Basedonthecurrentimage,thecameraoffersfourimagessimilartoit
thatyoumaywishtoview.Afteryouchoosetoviewoneofthoseimages,
thecameraoffersfourmoreimages.Thisisanenjoyablewaytoplayback
imagesinanunexpectedorder.Trythisfeatureafteryouhavetakenmany
shots,inmanykindsofscenes.
Y
P
O
1 ChooseSmartShufle.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[SmartShufle]onthe[1]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button(=91).
XX
Fourcandidateimagesaredisplayed.
C
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsto
choosetheimageyouwanttoviewnext.
XX
Yourchosenimageisdisplayedinthe
center,surroundedbythenextfour
candidateimages.
zz
Forfull-screendisplayofthecenter
image,pressthe<m>button.Torestore
theoriginaldisplay,pressthe<m>
buttonagain.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttontorestore
single-imagedisplay.
235
ProtectingImages
• Onlystillimagesshotwiththiscameraareplayedbackusing
SmartShufle.
• SmartShufleisnotavailableinthefollowingcases:
-Therearelessthan50shotstakenwiththiscamera
-Anunsupportedimageiscurrentlydisplayed
-Imagesareshowniniltereddisplay(=225)
-Duringgroupplayback(=230)
• Onthescreeninstep2,touchinganimageabove,below,oroneitherside
willshowyourchosenimageinthecenter,surroundedbythenextfour
candidateimages.
• Forfull-screendisplayofthecenterimageinstep2,touchthatimage.To
restoretheoriginaldisplay,touchthescreenagain.
StillImages
Movies
Protecting Images
Y
P
O
Protectimportantimagestopreventaccidentalerasurebythecamera
(=240,241).
Choosing a Selection Method
C
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose
[Protect]onthe[1]tab(=91).
2 Chooseaselectionmethod.
zz
Chooseamenuitemandasettingas
desired(=91).
zz
Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe
<n>button.
236
ProtectingImages
• Protectedimagesonamemorycardwillbeerasedifyouformat
thecard(=267,268).
• Protectedimagescannotbeerasedusingthecamera’serasurefunction.To
erasethemthisway,irstcancelprotection.
Choosing Images Individually
1 Choose[Select].
zz
Followingstep2on=236,choose
[Select]andpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.[ ]isdisplayed.
zz
Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>
buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Repeatthisprocesstospecifyother
images.
Y
P
O
3 Protecttheimage.
C
zz
Pressthe<n>button.A
conirmationmessageisdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
• ImageswillnotbeprotectedifyouswitchtoShootingmodeorturn
thecameraoffbeforeinishingthesetupprocessinstep3.
• Youcanalsoselectorclearimagesbytouchingthescreeninstep2,and
].
youcanaccesstheconirmationscreenbytouching[
• Youcanalsoprotectimagesbytouching[OK]onthescreeninstep3.
237
ProtectingImages
Selecting a Range
1 Choose[SelectRange].
zz
Followingstep2on=236,choose
[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Chooseastartingimage.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
3 Chooseanendingimage.
zz
Pressthe<r>buttontochoose[Last
image],andthenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Imagesbeforetheirstimagecannotbe
selectedasthelastimage.
238
ProtectingImages
4 Protecttheimages.
zz
Pressthe<p>buttontochoose
[Protect],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
• Youcanalsochoosetheirstorlastimagebyturningthe<7>dialwhenthe
topscreeninsteps2and3isdisplayed.
• Youcanalsochoosetheirstorlastimagebytouchingoneoftheimageson
thetopofthescreeninsteps2and3.
• Youcanalsoprotectimagesbytouching[Protect]onthescreeninstep4.
Specifying All Images at Once
1 Choose[SelectAllImages].
zz
Followingstep2on=236,choose
Y
P
O
[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>
button.
C
2 Protecttheimages.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Protect],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
• Tocancelprotectionforgroupsofimages,choose[Unlock]instep4of
“SelectingaRange”orinstep2of“SpecifyingAllImagesatOnce”.
• Youcanalsoprotectorunlockimagesbytouching[Protect]or[Unlock]on
thescreensdescribedabove.
239
StillImages
Movies
Erasing Images
Youcanchooseanderaseunneededimagesonebyone.Becarefulwhen
erasingimages,becausetheycannotberecovered.However,protected
images(=236)cannotbeerased.
1 Chooseanimagetoerase.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage.
2 Erasetheimage.
zz
Pressthe<a>button.
zz
After[Erase?]isdisplayed,pressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[Erase],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
XX
Thecurrentimageisnowerased.
zz
Tocancelerasure,pressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoose
[Cancel],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
Y
P
O
• Pressingthe<a>buttonwhile[ ]imagesaredisplayedwillgiveyou
theoptionofchoosing[Erase ],[EraseJPEG],or[Erase +JPEG]for
deletion.
C
• Youcanalsoerasethecurrentimagebytouching[Erase]onthescreenin
step2.
• ImagescanalsobeerasedbyusingTouchActions(=248).
240
ErasingImages
Erasing All Images
Youcaneraseallimagesatonce.Becarefulwhenerasingimages,
becausetheycannotberecovered.However,protectedimages(=236)
cannotbeerased.
ChoosingaSelectionMethod
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[Erase]onthe[1]tab(=91).
2 Chooseaselectionmethod.
zz
Chooseamenuitemandasettingas
desired(=91).
zz
Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe
Y
P
O
<n>button.
C
ChoosingImagesIndividually
1 Choose[Select].
zz
Followingstep2above,choose[Select]
andpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Onceyoufollowstep2on=237to
chooseanimage,[
]isdisplayed.
zz
Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>
buttonagain.[
]isnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Repeatthisprocesstospecifyother
images.
241
ErasingImages
3 Erasetheimage.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.A
conirmationmessageisdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
SelectingaRange
1 Choose[SelectRange].
zz
Followingstep2on=241,choose
[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseimages.
zz
Followsteps2–3on=238tospecify
images.
3 Erasetheimages.
zz
Pressthe<p>buttontochoose[Erase],
Y
P
O
andthenpressthe<m>button.
C
SpecifyingAllImagesatOnce
1 Choose[SelectAllImages].
zz
Followingstep2on=241,choose
[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Erasetheimages.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
242
StillImages
Movies
Rotating Images
Changetheorientationofimagesandsavethemasfollows.
1 Choose[Rotate].
zz
Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose
[Rotate]onthe[1]tab(=91).
2 Rotatetheimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage.
zz
Theimageisrotated90°eachtimeyou
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe
<n>button.
Y
P
O
• Movieswithanimagequalityof[ ]or[ ]cannotberotated.
• Rotationisnotpossiblewhen[AutoRotate]issetto[Off](seebelow).
C
• Onthescreeninstep2,youcanalsotouch[
]toreturntothemenuscreen.
[
]torotateimagesortouch
Deactivating Auto Rotation
Followthesestepstodeactivateautomaticrotationbythecamera,which
rotatesimagesshotinverticalorientationsotheyaredisplayedverticallyon
thecamera.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose[Auto
Rotate]onthe[1]tab,andthenchoose
[Off](=91).
243
ImageCategories
• Imagescannotberotated(=243)whenyouset[AutoRotate]to
[Off].Additionally,imagesalreadyrotatedwillbedisplayedinthe
originalorientation.
• InSmartShufle(=235)mode,evenif[AutoRotate]issetto
[Off],imagesshotverticallywillbedisplayedvertically,androtated
imageswillbedisplayedintherotatedorientation.
Image Categories
YoucantagimagesasfavoritesorassignthemtoMyCategory(=245)
groups.Bychoosingacategoryinilteredplayback,youcanrestrictthe
followingoperationstoallofthoseimages.
• Viewing(=216),ViewingSlideshows(=234),ProtectingImages
(=236),ErasingImages(=240),AddingImagestothePrintList
(DPOF)(=293),AddingImagestoaPhotobook(=296)
StillImages
Movies
Y
P
O
Tagging Images as Favorites
1 Choose[Favorites].
zz
Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose
C
[Favorites]onthe[1]tab(=91).
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.[ ]isdisplayed.
zz
Tountagtheimage,pressthe<m>
buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Repeatthisprocesstochooseadditional
images.
244
ImageCategories
3 Finishthesetupprocess.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.A
conirmationmessageisdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
• ImageswillnotbetaggedasfavoritesifyouswitchtoShooting
modeorturnthecameraoffbeforeinishingthesetupprocessin
step3.
• Favoriteimageswillhaveathree-starrating(
)when
transferredtocomputersrunningWindows7orWindowsVista.(Doesnot
applytomoviesorRAWimages.)
• Youcanalsoselectorclearcurrentimagesbytouchingthescreeninstep2.
• ImagescanalsobetaggedasfavoritesbyusingTouchActions(=248).
Y
P
O
StillImages
Movies
Organizing Images by Category (My Category)
C
Youcanorganizeimagesintocategories.Notethatimagesare
automaticallycategorizedatthetimeofshooting,accordingtoshooting
conditions.
: Imageswithdetectedfaces,orimagesshotin[I]or[ ]mode.
: Imagesdetectedas[ ],[ ],or[ ]in<A>mode,orimages
shotin[ ]mode.
: Imagesshotin[S],[P],or[t]mode.
ChoosingaSelectionMethod
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[MyCategory]onthe[1]tab
(=91).
245
ImageCategories
2 Chooseaselectionmethod.
zz
Chooseamenuitemandasettingas
desired(=91).
zz
Toreturntothemenuscreen,pressthe
<n>button.
ChoosingImagesIndividually
1 Choose[Select].
zz
Followingstep2above,choose[Select]
andpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage.
3 Chooseacategory.
Y
P
O
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
acategoryandthenpressthe<m>
button.[ ]isdisplayed.
zz
Tocancelselection,pressthe<m>
buttonagain.[ ]isnolongerdisplayed.
zz
Repeatthisprocesstochooseadditional
images.
C
4 Finishthesetupprocess.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.A
conirmationmessageisdisplayed.Press
the<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial
tochoose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
• ImageswillnotbeassignedtoacategoryifyouswitchtoShooting
modeorturnthecameraoffbeforeinishingthesetupprocessin
step4.
246
ImageCategories
• Youcanalsoconirmyourchoicebytouching[OK]onthescreeninstep4.
SelectingaRange
1 Choose[SelectRange].
zz
Followingstep2on=245,choose
[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Chooseimages.
zz
Followsteps2–3on=238tospecify
images.
3 Chooseacategory.
zz
Pressthe<p>buttontochoosethetype
ofimage,andthenpressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dialtochoosea
category.
Y
P
O
4 Finishthesetupprocess.
C
zz
Pressthe<p>buttontochoose[Select],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
• Youcancleartheselectionofallimagesinthe[SelectRange]categoryby
choosing[Deselect]instep4.
• Youcanalsochooseacategorybytouchingit(ortouching[q][r])onthe
screeninstep3,andyoucanconirmyourchoicebytouching[Select].
247
StillImages
Movies
Convenient Control: Touch Actions
Youcanquicklyandeasilyactivatefunctionsthatyouhaveassignedtofour
touchgestures(TouchActions),insingle-imagedisplay.
Using a Function Assigned to [ ]
zz
Dragacrossthescreenasshown.
XX
Thefunctionassignedto[
activated.
]isnow
zz
Similarly,youcanalsoactivatefunctions
assignedto[ ],[ ],and[ ]by
draggingacrossthescreen.
zz
CustomizefunctionsassignedtoTouch
Actionsasdesired.
Y
P
O
Changing Touch Actions Functions
Simplifyyourpreferredcameraoperationsbyreassigningdraggingpatterns
tothemasdesired.
C
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[SetTouchActions]onthe[1]
tab(=91).
2 Assignafunctiontoadragging
pattern.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseadraggingpattern,
andthenpressthe<q><r>buttonsto
choosethefunctiontoassign.
248
ConvenientControl:TouchActions
AssignableFunctions
Favorites
Tagimagesasfavorites,oruntagtheimage.
NextFavorite
Switchtodisplayingthenextimagetaggedasafavorite.
PreviousFavorite
Switchtodisplayingthepreviousimagetaggedasafavorite.
NextDate
Switchtodisplayingtheirstimagewiththenextshooting
date.
PreviousDate
Switchtodisplayingtheirstimagewiththepreviousshooting
date.
SmartShufle
StartSmartShufleplayback.
ToCamera
ToSmartphone
ToComputer
ToPrinter
AccessthewirelessLANconnectionscreen.
ForinstructionsonthewirelessLANfunction,refertothe
WirelessLANGuide(=35).
ToWebService
Slideshow
Startaslideshow.
Erase
Eraseanimage.
Y
P
O
Protect
Protectanimageorcancelprotection.
Rotate
Rotateanimage.
C
249
Editing Still Images
• Imageediting(=250–255)isonlyavailablewhenthememory
cardhassuficientfreespace.
• Youcanaccesseditingscreensforvariousfunctionsbytouchinganimage
afterchoosingthefunctioninthemenu.
]isshownonaneditingscreen,youcantouch[
]insteadof
• When[
pressingthe<n>button,ifyouprefer.
]isshownonaneditingscreen,youcantouch[
]insteadof
• When[
pressingthe<m>button,ifyouprefer.
StillImages
Resizing Images
Saveacopyofimagesatalowerresolution.
1 Choose[Resize].
zz
Pressthe<n>buttonandchoose
[Resize]onthe[1]tab(=91).
Y
P
O
C
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
3 Chooseanimagesize.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoosethesize,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
[Savenewimage?]isdisplayed.
250
EditingStillImages
4 Savethenewimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Theimageisnowsavedasanewile.
5 Reviewthenewimage.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.[Displaynew
image?]isdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Yes],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Thesavedimageisnowdisplayed.
• Editingisnotpossibleforimagessavedas[
• RAWimagescannotbeedited.
]instep3.
Y
P
O
• Imagescannotberesizedtoahigherresolution.
C
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouchingthesizeonthescreeninstep
3,touchingitagain,andthentouching[OK].
• Youcanalsoviewsavedimagesbytouching[Yes]onthescreeninstep5.
StillImages
Cropping
Youcanspecifyaportionofanimagetosaveasaseparateimageile.
1 Choose[Cropping].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[Cropping]onthe[1]tab
(=91).
251
EditingStillImages
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
CroppingArea
3 Adjustthecroppingarea.
XX
Aframeisdisplayedaroundtheportionof
theimagetobecropped.
XX
Theoriginalimageisshownintheupper
left,andapreviewoftheimageas
croppedisshowninthelowerright.
zz
Toresizetheframe,movethezoom
lever.
Tomovetheframe,pressthe
PreviewofImageAfterCropping zz
<o><p><q><r>buttons.
ResolutionAfterCropping
zz
Tochangetheframeorientation,press
the<m>button.
zz
Facesdetectedintheimageare
enclosedingrayframesintheupper-left
image.Tocroptheimagebasedonthis
frame,turnthe<7>dialtoswitchtothe
otherframe.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.
Y
P
O
C
4 Saveasanewimageand
review.
zz
Followsteps4–5on=251.
• Editingisnotpossibleforimagesshotataresolutionof[
(=124)orresizedto[ ](=250).
• RAWimagescannotbeedited.
]
• Imagessupportedforcroppingwillhavethesameaspectratioafter
cropping.
• Croppedimageswillhaveasmallerresolutionthanuncroppedimages.
252
EditingStillImages
• Tomovetheframe,drageitherimageonthescreeninstep3.
• Youcanalsoresizeframesbypinchinginorout(=233)onthescreenin
step3.
StillImages
Changing Image Color Tones (My Colors)
Youcanadjustimagecolorsandthensavetheeditedimageasaseparate
ile.Fordetailsoneachoption,see=177.
1 Choose[MyColors].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[MyColors]onthe[1]tab
(=91).
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
3 Chooseanoption.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
C
<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
4 Saveasanewimageand
review.
zz
Followsteps4–5on=251.
• Imagequalityofpicturesyourepeatedlyeditthiswaywillbealittle
lowereachtime,andyoumaynotbeabletoobtainthedesired
color.
• ColorsofRAWimagescannotbeedited.
• Thecolorofimageseditedusingthisfunctionmayvaryslightlyfromthe
colorofimagesshotusingMyColors(=177).
253
EditingStillImages
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouchinganoptiontoselectitonthe
screeninstep3andthentouchingitagain.
StillImages
Correcting Image Brightness (i-Contrast)
Excessivelydarkimageareas(suchasfacesorbackgrounds)canbe
detectedandautomaticallyadjustedtotheoptimalbrightness.Insuficient
overallimagecontrastisalsoautomaticallycorrected,tomakesubjects
standoutbetter.Choosefromfourcorrectionlevels,andthensavethe
imageasaseparateile.
1 Choose[i-Contrast].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[i-Contrast]onthe[1]tab
(=91).
Y
P
O
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
C
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
3 Chooseanoption.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
4 Saveasanewimageand
review.
zz
Followsteps4–5on=251.
254
EditingStillImages
• Forsomeimages,correctionmaybeinaccurateormaycause
imagestoappeargrainy.
• Imagesmaylookgrainyafterrepeatededitingusingthisfunction.
• RAWimagescannotbeeditedthisway.
• If[Auto]doesnotproducetheexpectedresults,trycorrectingimagesusing
[Low],[Medium],or[High].
• Youcanalsoconigurethissettingbytouching[q][r]onthescreeninstep
3.
StillImages
Correcting Red-Eye
Automaticallycorrectsimagesaffectedbyred-eye.Youcansavethe
correctedimageasaseparateile.
Y
P
O
1 Choose[Red-EyeCorrection].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
C
choose[Red-EyeCorrection]onthe[1]
tab(=91).
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage.
3 Correcttheimage.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
XX
Red-eyedetectedbythecameraisnow
corrected,andframesaredisplayed
aroundcorrectedimageareas.
zz
Enlargeorreduceimagesasneeded.
Followthestepsin=233.
255
EditingMovies
4 Saveasanewimageand
review.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[NewFile],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Theimageisnowsavedasanewile.
zz
Followstep5on=251.
• Someimagesmaynotbecorrectedaccurately.
• Tooverwritetheoriginalimagewiththecorrectedimage,choose
[Overwrite]instep4.Inthiscase,theoriginalimagewillbe
erased.
• Protectedimagescannotbeoverwritten.
• RAWimagescannotbeeditedthisway.
• Red-eyecorrectioncanbeappliedtoJPEGimagesshotin[ ],
buttheoriginalimagecannotbeoverwritten.
Y
P
O
• Youcansaveimagesbytouching[NewFile]or[Overwrite]onthescreenin
step4.
C
Movies
Editing Movies
Youcancutmoviestoremoveunneededportionsatthebeginningorend.
1 Choose[*].
zz
Followingsteps1–3on=216–217,
choose[*]andpressthe<m>button.
XX
Themovieeditingpanelandeditingbar
arenowdisplayed.
256
EditingMovies
MovieEditingPanel
2 Specifyportionstocut.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
[
]or[
].
zz
Toviewtheportionsyoucancut
MovieEditingBar
(identiiedby[ ]onthescreen),press
the<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>
dialtomove[ ].Cutthebeginningofthe
movie(from[ ])bychoosing[ ],and
cuttheendofthemoviebychoosing
[ ].
zz
Evenifyoumove[ ]toapositionother
thana[ ]mark,choosing[ ]willonly
cuttheportionfromthenearest[ ]to
theleft,andchoosing[ ]willcutthe
portionfromthenearest[ ]totheright.
3 Reviewtheeditedmovie.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
Y
P
O
[ ],andthenpressthe<m>button.
Theeditedmovieisnowplayed.
zz
Toeditthemovieagain,repeatstep2.
zz
Tocancelediting,pressthe<o><p>
buttonstochoose[ ].Pressthe<m>
button,choose[OK](eitherpressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),
andthenpressthe<m>buttonagain.
C
4 Savetheeditedmovie.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
[
],andthenpressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
turnthe<7>dialtochoose[NewFile],
andthenpressthe<m>button.
XX
Themovieisnowsavedasanewile.
257
EditingMovies
• Tooverwritetheoriginalmoviewiththecutone,choose
[Overwrite]instep4.Inthiscase,theoriginalmoviewillbeerased.
• [Overwrite]isonlyavailablewhenmemorycardslacksuficient
freespace.
• Moviesmaynotbesavedifthebatteryrunsoutwhilesavingisin
progress.
• Wheneditingmovies,youshoulduseafullychargedbatteryoran
ACadapterkit(soldseparately,=278).
Y
P
O
C
258
EditingMovies
Movies
Editing Movie Digest Clips
Individualchapters(=136)recordedin[ ]modecanbeerased,as
needed.Becarefulwhenerasingchapters,becausetheycannotbe
recovered.
1 Selectthechaptertoerase.
zz
Followsteps1–2on=216tochoose
amovierecordedin[ ]mode,andthen
pressthe<m>buttontoaccessthe
moviecontrolpanel.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[ ]or[ ],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
2 Choose[ ].
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
Y
P
O
<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Theselectedchapterisplayedback
repeatedly.
C
3 Conirmerasure.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Thechapteriserased,andtheclipis
overwritten.
• [ ]isnotdisplayedifyouselectachapterwhenthecameraisconnected
toaprinter.
259
Y
P
O
C
260
7
Setting Menu
Customizeoradjustbasiccamerafunctionsforgreater
convenience
Y
P
O
C
261
Adjusting Basic Camera Functions
Functionscanbeconiguredonthe[3]tab.Customizecommonlyused
functionsasdesired,forgreaterconvenience(=91).
Silencing Camera Operations
Silencecamerasoundsandmoviesasfollows.
zz
Choose[Mute],andthenchoose[On].
• Operationcanalsobesilencedbyholdingdownthe<p>buttonasyouturn
thecameraon.
• Soundisnotplayedduringmoviesifyoumutecamerasounds(=216).To
restoresoundduringmovies,pressthe<o>buttonordragupacrossthe
screen.Adjustvolumeasneededbypressingthe<o><p>buttonsorby
draggingupordown.
Y
P
O
Adjusting the Volume
Adjustthevolumeofindividualcamerasoundsasfollows.
C
zz
Choose[Volume],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
Chooseanitem,andthenpressthe
<q><r>buttonstoadjustthevolume.
262
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Customizing Sounds
Customizecameraoperatingsoundsasfollows.
zz
Choose[SoundOptions],andthenpress
the<m>button.
zz
Chooseanitem,andthenpressthe
<q><r>buttonstochooseanoption.
1,2
Presetsounds
(cannotbemodiied)
3
Presetsounds
Canbechangedbyusingtheincluded
software.
• Thedefaultshuttersoundisusedin[
changesto[ShutterSound].
]mode(=158),regardlessofany
Y
P
O
Hiding Hints and Tips
HintsandtipsarenormallyshownwhenyouchooseFUNC.menu
(=89)orMenu(=91)items.Ifyouprefer,youcandeactivatethis
information.
C
zz
Choose[Hints&Tips],andthenchoose
[Off].
263
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Changing the Date and Time
Adjustthedateandtimeasfollows.
1 Accessthe[Date/Time]screen.
zz
Choose[Date/Time],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosean
item,andthenadjustthesetting,either
bypressingthe<o><p>buttonsor
turningthe<7>dial.
World Clock
Toensurethatyourshotswillhavethecorrectlocaldateandtimewhenyou
travelabroad,simplyregisterthedestinationinadvanceandswitchtothat
timezone.ThisconvenientfeatureeliminatestheneedtochangetheDate/
Timesettingmanually.
Beforeusingtheworldclock,besuretosetthedateandtimein“Settingthe
DateandTime”(=18)andyourhometimezone.
Y
P
O
1 Specifyyourdestination.
C
zz
Choose[TimeZone],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[ World],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoosethedestination.
zz
Tosetdaylightsavingtime(1hour
ahead),pressthe<o><p>buttonsto
choose[ ].
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
264
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
2 Switchtothedestinationtime
zone.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[ World],andthen
pressthe<n>button.
XX
[ ]isnowshownontheshootingscreen
(=314).
• Adjustingthedateortimewhilein[ ]mode(=264)willautomatically
updateyour[ Home]timeanddate.
Screen Brightness
Adjustscreenbrightnessasfollows.
zz
Choose[LCDBrightness],andthen
pressthe<q><r>buttonstoadjustthe
brightness.
Y
P
O
C
• Formaximumbrightness,pressandholdthe<p>buttonforatleastone
secondwhentheshootingscreenisdisplayedorwheninsingle-image
display.(Thiswilloverridethe[LCDBrightness]settingonthe[3]tab.)To
restoretheoriginalbrightness,pressandholdthe<p>buttonagainforat
leastonesecondorrestartthecamera.
265
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Start-up Screen
Customizethestart-upscreenshownafteryouturnthecameraonas
follows.
zz
Choose[Start-upImage],andthenpress
the<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanoption.
Nostart-upimage
1,2
Presetimage
(cannotbemodiied)
3
Presetimage
Assignadesiredshot,orusethe
includedsoftwaretochangetheimage.
CustomizingtheStart-upScreen
1 Accessthe[Start-upImage]
screeninPlaybackmode.
Y
P
O
zz
Pressthe<1>button.
zz
Followingthepreviousprocedure,choose
C
[3]andpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseoneofyourshots.
zz
Chooseanimageandpressthe<m>
button.After[Register?]isdisplayed,
choose[OK](eitherpressthe<q><r>
buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),andthen
pressthe<m>button.
• Thepreviousstart-upsettingisoverwrittenwhenyouassignanew
start-upimage.
266
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
• Youcanassigntheoperatingsoundsandstart-upimageforyourcamera
fromtheincludedsoftware.RefertotheSoftware Guide(=27)fordetails.
Formatting Memory Cards
Beforeusinganewmemorycardoracardformattedinanotherdevice,you
shouldformatthecardwiththiscamera.
Formattingerasesalldataonamemorycard.Beforeformatting,copy
imagesonthememorycardtoacomputer,ortakeotherstepstobackthem
up.
AnEye-Ficard(=300)containssoftwareonthecarditself.Before
formattinganEye-Ficard,installthesoftwareonacomputer.
1 Accessthe[Format]screen.
zz
Choose[Format],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
2 Choose[OK].
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
Y
P
O
[Cancel],choose[OK](eitherpressthe
<q><r>buttonsorturnthe<7>dial),
andthenpressthe<m>button.
C
3 Formatthememorycard.
zz
Tobegintheformattingprocess,press
the<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>
dialtochoose[OK],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
Whenformattingisinished,[Memory
cardformattingcomplete]isdisplayed.
Pressthe<m>button.
267
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
• Formattingorerasingdataonamemorycardonlychangesile
managementinformationonthecardanddoesnoterasethedata
completely.Whentransferringordisposingofmemorycards,take
stepstoprotectpersonalinformationifnecessary,asbyphysically
destroyingcards.
• Thetotalcardcapacityindicatedontheformattingscreenmaybelessthan
theadvertisedcapacity.
Low-LevelFormatting
Performlow-levelformattinginthesecases:[Memorycarderror]is
displayed,thecameraisnotworkingcorrectly,cardimagereading/writingis
slower,continuousshootingisslower,ormovierecordingsuddenlystops.
Low-levelformattingerasesalldataonamemorycard.Beforelow-level
formatting,copyimagesonthememorycardtoacomputer,ortakeother
stepstobackthemup.
Performlow-levelformatting.
Y
P
O
zz
Onthescreeninstep2on=267,
pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[LowLevelFormat],
andthenselectthisoption(markwitha
[ ])bypressingthe<q><r>buttons.
zz
Followsteps2–3on=267tocontinue
withtheformattingprocess.
C
• Low-levelformattingtakeslongerthan“FormattingMemoryCards”
(=267),becausedataiserasedfromallstorageregionsofthememory
card.
• Youcancancellow-levelformattinginprogressbychoosing[Stop].Inthis
case,alldatawillbeerased,butthememorycardcanbeusednormally.
268
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
File Numbering
Yourshotsareautomaticallynumberedinsequentialorder(0001–9999)
andsavedinfoldersthatstoreupto2,000imageseach.Youcanchange
howthecameraassignsilenumbers.
zz
Choose[FileNumbering],andthen
chooseanoption.
Continuous
Imagesarenumbered
consecutively(untilthe9999th
shotistaken/saved)evenif
youswitchmemorycards.
AutoReset
Imagenumberingisresetto
0001ifyouswitchmemory
cards,orwhenanewfolderis
created.
• Regardlessoftheoptionselectedinthissetting,shotsmaybenumbered
consecutivelyafterthelastnumberofexistingimagesonnewlyinserted
memorycards.Tostartsavingshotsfrom0001,useanempty(orformatted
(=267))memorycard.
• RefertotheSoftware Guide(=27)forinformationonthecardfolder
structureandimageformats.
Y
P
O
C
269
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Date-Based Image Storage
Insteadofsavingimagesinfolderscreatedeachmonth,youcanhavethe
cameracreatefolderseachdayyoushoottostoreshotstakenthatday.
zz
Choose[CreateFolder],andthenchoose
[Daily].
XX
Imageswillnowbesavedinfolders
createdontheshootingdate.
Lens Retraction Timing
Thelensisnormallyretractedforsafetyaboutoneminuteafteryoupress
the<1>buttoninShootingmode(=86).Tohavethelensretracted
immediatelyafteryoupressthe<1>button,settheretractiontimingto[0
sec.].
Y
P
O
zz
Choose[LensRetract],andthenchoose
[0sec.].
C
270
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Power-Saving Adjustment
Adjustthetimingofautomaticcameraandscreendeactivation(AutoPower
DownandDisplayOff,respectively)asneeded(=86).
1 Accessthe[PowerSaving]
screen.
zz
Choose[PowerSaving],andthenpress
the<m>button.
2 Conigurethesettings.
zz
Afterchoosinganitem,pressthe
<q><r>buttonstoadjustitasneeded.
• Toconservebatterypower,youshouldnormallychoose[On]for
[AutoPowerDown]and[1min.]orlessfor[DisplayOff].
• The[DisplayOff]settingisappliedevenifyouset[AutoPowerDown]to
[Off].
Y
P
O
Metric/Non-Metric Display
ChangetheunitofmeasurementshownintheMFindicator(=182),
zoombar(=96),andGPSinformationforelevation(=78)fromm/
cmtoft/inasneeded.
C
zz
Choose[Units],andthenchoose[ft/in].
271
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Electronic Level Calibration
Calibratetheelectroniclevelifitseemsineffectiveinhelpingyoulevelthe
camera.
Forgreatercalibrationaccuracy,displaygridlines(=210)tohelpyou
levelthecamerainadvance.
1 Levelthecamera.
zz
Placethecameraonalatsurface,such
asatable.
2 Accessthe[ElectronicLevel]
screen.
zz
Choose[ElectronicLevel],andthenpress
the<m>button.
3 Calibratetheelectroniclevel.
zz
Choose[Calibrate]andpressthe<m>
Y
P
O
button.Aconirmationmessageis
displayed.
zz
Choose[OK],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
C
ResettingtheElectronicLevel
Restoretheelectronicleveltoitsoriginalstateasfollows.Notethatthisis
notpossibleunlessyouhavecalibratedtheelectroniclevel.
zz
Choose[ElectronicLevel],andthenpress
the<m>button.
zz
Choose[Reset],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
Choose[OK]andpressthe<m>button
toresettheelectroniclevelandreturnto
themenuscreen.
272
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
StillImages
Movies
Increasing Touch-Screen Panel Sensitivity
Sensitivityofthetouch-screenpanelcanbeincreased,sothatthecamera
respondstoalightertouch.
zz
Choose[TouchResponse],andthen
choose[High].
Setting Copyright Information to Record in
Images
Torecordtheauthor’snameandcopyrightdetailsinimages,setthis
informationbeforehandasfollows.
Y
P
O
1 Accessthesettingscreen.
zz
Choose[CopyrightInfo],andthenpress
the<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturn
C
the<7>dialtochoose[EnterAuthor’s
Name]or[EnterCopyrightDetails],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
2 Enteraname.
zz
Touchcharactersonthekeyboardto
enterthem.
zz
Upto63characterscanbeused.
273
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
3 Savethesettings.
zz
Pressthe<n>button.[Accept
changes?]isdisplayed.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[Yes],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Theinformationsetherewillnowbe
recordedinimages.
• Tochecktheinformationentered,choose[DisplayCopyrightInfo]onthe
screeninstep1,andthenpressthe<m>button.
• Youcanalsousetheincludedsoftware(=27)toenter,change,and
deletecopyrightinformation.Somecharactersenteredwiththeincluded
softwaremaynotdisplayonthecamera,butwillbecorrectlyrecordedin
images.
• Youcanview,change,anddeletecopyrightinformationrecordedinimages
byusingtheincludedsoftwaretosaveimagestoacomputer.
• Youcanalsoenteranameonthescreeninstep2bypressingthe
<o><p><q><r>buttonsorturningthe<7>dialtoselectcharacters,and
thenpressingthe<m>button.Movethecursorbyturningthe<y>ring,and
>buttontodeletecharacters,asneeded.
pressthe<
Y
P
O
C
DeletingAllCopyrightInformation
Youcandeleteboththeauthor’snameandcopyrightdetailsatthesame
timeasfollows.
zz
Followstep1on=273andchoose
[DeleteCopyrightInfo].
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
• Thecopyrightinfoalreadyrecordedinimageswillnotbedeleted.
274
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Checking Certiication Logos
Somelogosforcertiicationrequirementsmetbythecameracanbeviewed
onthescreen.Othercertiicationlogosareprintedinthisguide,onthe
camerapackaging,oronthecamerabody.
zz
Choose[CertiicationLogoDisplay],and
thenpressthe<m>button.
Display Language
Changethedisplaylanguageasneeded.
1 Accessthe[Language]screen.
zz
Choose[Language
Y
P
O
the<m>button.
],andthenpress
2 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<o><p><q><r>buttonsor
C
turnthe<7>dialtochoosealanguage,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
• Youcanalsoaccessthe[Language]screeninPlaybackmodebypressing
andholdingthe<m>buttonandimmediatelypressingthe<n>button.
Adjusting Other Settings
Thefollowingsettingscanalsobeadjustedonthe[3]tab.
• [VideoSystem](=284)
• [CtrlviaHDMI](=282)
• [WirelessLANSettings](=35)
• [Eye-FiSettings](=300)
275
AdjustingBasicCameraFunctions
Restoring Defaults
Ifyouaccidentallychangeasetting,youcanrestoredefaultcamera
settings.
1 Accessthe[ResetAll]screen.
zz
Choose[ResetAll],andthenpressthe
<m>button.
2 Restoredefaultsettings.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Defaultsettingsarenowrestored.
• Thefollowingfunctionsarenotrestoredtodefaultsettings.
-[3]tabsettings[Date/Time](=18),[Language ](=20),[Time
Zone](=264),[VideoSystem](=284),andtheimageassignedto
[Start-upImage](=266)
-InformationregisteredusingFaceID(=113)
-Customwhitebalancedatayouhaverecorded(=175)
-ColorschoseninColorAccent(=151)orColorSwap(=152)
-Shootingmodechosenin<K>(=137)or< >(=142)mode
-Themoviemode(=161)
-Copyrightinformation(=273)
-Wirelessnetworksettings(=35)
Y
P
O
C
276
8
Accessories
Useincludedaccessorieseffectivelyandenjoythe
camerainmorewayswithoptionalCanonaccessories
andothercompatibleaccessoriessoldseparately
Y
P
O
C
277
Tips on Using Included Accessories
Effective Battery and Charger Use
• Chargethebatteryon(orimmediatelybefore)the
dayofuse
Chargedbatteriesgraduallylosetheircharge,evenwhen
theyarenotused.
Youcaneasilycheckthechargestateofthebatteryby
attachingthecoversothat▲isvisibleonacharged
battery,andattachingitsothat▲isnotvisibleonan
unchargedbattery.
• Long-termbatterystorage
Afterusingupallremainingbatterypower,removethebatteryfromthecamera.Store
thebatterywiththecoverattached.Storingapartiallychargedbatteryoverextended
periods(aboutayear)mayshortenitslifeoraffectperformance.
• Usingthebatterychargerabroad
Thechargercanbeusedinareaswith100–240VACpower(50/60Hz).Forpower
outletsinadifferentformat,useacommerciallyavailableadapterfortheplug.Never
useanelectricaltransformerdesignedfortraveling,whichmaydamagethebattery.
Y
P
O
Optional Accessories
Thefollowingcameraaccessoriesaresoldseparately.Notethatavailability
variesbyarea,andsomeaccessoriesmaynolongerbeavailable.
Power Supplies
C
BatteryPackNB-5L
zz
Rechargeablelithium-ionbattery
BatteryChargerCB-2LX/CB-2LXE
zz
ChargerforBatteryPackNB-5L
278
OptionalAccessories
ACAdapterKitACK-DC30
zz
Forpoweringthecamerausing
householdpower.Recommendedwhen
usingthecameraoverextendedperiods,
orwhenconnectingthecameratoa
printerorcomputer.Cannotbeusedto
chargethecamerabattery.
• ThebatterychargerandACadapterkitcanbeusedinareaswith
100–240VACpower(50/60Hz).
• Forpoweroutletsinadifferentformat,useacommercially
availableadapterfortheplug.Neveruseanelectricaltransformer
designedfortraveling,whichmaydamagethebattery.
Y
P
O
C
279
OptionalAccessories
Flash Unit
High-PowerFlashHF-DC2
zz
Externallashforilluminatingsubjects
thatareoutofrangeofthebuilt-inlash.
Other Accessories
WaterproofCaseWP-DC47
zz
Forunderwaterphotographyatdepthsof
upto40meters(130ft.).Alsousefulfor
shootingintherain,atthebeach,oron
skislopes.
StereoAVCableAVC-DC400ST
zz
ConnectthecameratoaTVtoenjoy
Y
P
O
playbackonthelargerTVscreen.
HDMICableHTC-100
zz
ForconnectingthecameratoanHDMI
C
inputofahigh-deinitionTV.
Printers
CanonPictBridge-Compatible
Printers
zz
Printingimageswithoutacomputeris
possiblebyconnectingthecameratoa
CanonPictBridge-compatibleprinter.For
details,visityournearestCanondealer.
280
StillImages
Movies
Using Optional Accessories
StillImages
Movies
Playback on a TV
ByconnectingthecameratoaTV,youcanviewyourshotsonthelarger
screenoftheTV.
Fordetailsonconnectionorhowtoswitchinputs,refertotheTVmanual.
• SomeinformationmaynotbedisplayedontheTV(=316).
StillImages
Movies
PlaybackonaHigh-DeinitionTV
ConnectingthecameratoanHDTVwiththeHDMICableHTC-100(sold
separately)enablesyoutoviewyourshotsonthelargerscreenoftheTV.
Moviesshotataresolutionof[ ]or[ ]canbeviewedinhigh-deinition.
1 MakesurethecameraandTV
areoff.
Y
P
O
2 ConnectthecameratotheTV.
zz
OntheTV,insertthecableplugfullyinto
C
theHDMIinputasshown.
zz
Onthecamera,opentheterminalcover
andinsertthecableplugfullyintothe
cameraterminal.
281
UsingOptionalAccessories
3 TurntheTVonandswitchto
videoinput.
zz
SwitchtheTVinputtothevideoinputyou
connectedthecabletoinstep2.
4 Turnthecameraon.
zz
Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecamera
on.
XX
Imagesfromthecameraarenow
displayedontheTV.(Nothingis
displayedonthecamerascreen.)
zz
Wheninished,turnoffthecameraand
TVbeforedisconnectingthecable.
• Touch-screenoperationsarenotsupportedwhilethecamerais
connectedtoatelevision.
Y
P
O
• Cameraoperatingsoundsarenotplayedwhilethecameraisconnectedto
anHDTV.
C
StillImages
Movies
ControllingtheCamerawithaTVRemote
ConnectingthecameratoanHDMICEC-compatibleTVenablesplayback
(includingslideshowplayback)usingtheTVremotecontrol.
Inthiscase,youwillneedtoadjustsomeTVsettings.Fordetails,referto
theTVusermanual.
1 Conigurethesetting.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[CtrlviaHDMI]onthe[3]tab,andthen
choose[Enable](=91).
2 ConnectthecameratotheTV.
zz
Followsteps1–2on=281toconnect
thecameratotheTV.
282
UsingOptionalAccessories
3 Displayimages.
zz
TurnontheTV.Onthecamera,pressthe
<1>button.
XX
Imagesfromthecameraarenow
displayedontheTV.(Nothingis
displayedonthecamerascreen.)
4 ControlthecamerawiththeTV
remote.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsontheremote
tobrowseimages.
zz
Todisplaythecameracontrolpanel,
presstheOK/Selectbutton.Select
controlpanelitemsbypressingthe
<q><r>buttonstochooseanitem,and
thenpressingtheOK/Selectbuttonagain.
Y
P
O
CameraControlPanelOptionsShownontheTV
.
Return
Closesthemenu.
GroupPlayback
Displayssetsofimagesshotin[ ]mode(=158).(Only
displayedwhenagroupedimageisselected.)
PlayMovie
Startsmovieplayback.(Onlydisplayedwhenamovieis
selected.)
Slideshow
Startsslideshowplayback.Toswitchimagesduring
playback,pressthe<q><r>buttonsontheremotecontrol.
IndexPlayback
Displaysmultipleimagesinanindex.
C
l ChangeDisplay Switchesdisplaymodes(=88).
• Pressingthe<n>buttononthecamerawillswitchcontroltothe
cameraitself,whichwillpreventremotecontroluntilyoureturntosingleimagedisplay.
• Movingthezoomleveronthecamerawillswitchcontroltothecameraitself,
whichwillpreventremotecontroluntilyoureturntosingle-imagedisplay.
• Thecameramaynotalwaysrespondcorrectlyeveniftheremoteisforan
HDMICEC-compatibleTV.
283
UsingOptionalAccessories
StillImages
Movies
PlaybackonaStandard-DeinitionTV
ConnectingthecameratoaTVwiththeStereoAVCableAVC-DC400ST
(soldseparately)enablesyoutoviewyourshotsonthelargerscreenofthe
TVasyoucontrolthecamera.
1 MakesurethecameraandTV
areoff.
Yellow
Yellow
White Red
2 ConnectthecameratotheTV.
zz
OntheTV,insertthecableplugsfullyinto
thevideoinputsasshown.
Red
White
zz
Onthecamera,opentheterminalcover
andinsertthecableplugfullyintothe
cameraterminal.
Y
P
O
3 Displayimages.
zz
Followsteps3–4on=282todisplay
C
images.
• Correctdisplayisnotpossibleunlessthecameravideooutput
format(NTSCorPAL)matchestheTVformat.Tochangethe
videooutputformat,pressthe<n>buttonandchoose[Video
System]onthe[3]tab.
• Touch-screenoperationsarenotsupportedwhilethecamerais
connectedtoatelevision.
• WhenthecameraandTVareconnected,youcanalsoshootwhile
previewingshotsonthelargerscreenoftheTV.Toshoot,followthesame
stepsaswhenusingthecamerascreen.However,AF-PointZoom(=130),
MF-PointZoom(=182)andStitchAssist(=160)arenotavailable.
284
UsingOptionalAccessories
StillImages
Movies
Powering the Camera with Household Power
PoweringthecamerawithACAdapterKitACK-DC30(soldseparately)
eliminatestheneedtomonitortheremainingbatterylevel.
1 Makesurethecameraisoff.
2 Insertthecoupler.
zz
Followstep2on=16toopenthe
cover.
zz
Insertthecouplerfacingthedirection
Terminal
shown,justasyouwouldabattery
(followingstep3on=16).
zz
Followstep5on=17toclosethe
cover.
3 Connecttheadaptertothe
Y
P
O
coupler.
zz
Openthecoverandinserttheadapter
plugfullyintothecoupler.
C
4 Connectthepowercord.
zz
Insertoneendofthepowercordintothe
compactpoweradapter,andthenplug
theotherendintoapoweroutlet.
zz
Turnthecameraonanduseitasdesired.
zz
Wheninished,turnthecameraoffand
unplugthepowercordfromtheoutlet.
285
PrintingImages
• Donotdisconnecttheadapterorunplugthepowercordwhile
thecameraisstillon.Thismayeraseyourshotsordamagethe
camera.
• Donotattachtheadapteroradaptercordtootherobjects.Doing
socouldresultinmalfunctionordamagetotheproduct.
StillImages
Movies
Printing Images
Yourshotscaneasilybeprintedbyconnectingthecameratoaprinter.On
thecamera,youcanspecifyimagestosetupbatchprinting,prepareorders
forphotodevelopmentservices,andprepareordersorprintimagesfor
photobooks.
ACanonSELPHYCPseriescompactphotoprinterisusedhereforthe
sakeofillustration.Screensdisplayedandavailablefunctionsvaryby
printer.Alsorefertotheprintermanualforadditionalinformation.
Y
P
O
Easy Print
StillImages
EasilyprintyourshotsbyconnectingthecameratoaPictBridge-compatible
printer(soldseparately)withtheincludedinterfacecable(=2).
C
1 Makesurethecameraand
printerareoff.
2 Connectthecameratothe
printer.
zz
Openthecover.Holdingthesmaller
cableplugintheorientationshown,insert
theplugfullyintothecameraterminal.
zz
Connectthelargercableplugtothe
printer.Forotherconnectiondetails,refer
totheprintermanual.
286
PrintingImages
3 Turntheprinteron.
4 Turnthecameraon.
zz
Pressthe<1>buttontoturnthecamera
on.
XX
[
]isdisplayed.
5 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage.
6 Accesstheprintingscreen.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
7 Printtheimage.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
Y
P
O
<7>dialtochoose[Print],andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
Printingnowbegins.
zz
Toprintotherimages,repeatsteps5–6
afterprintingisinished.
zz
Whenyouareinishedprinting,turnthe
cameraandprinteroffanddisconnectthe
interfacecable.
C
• ForCanonPictBridge-compatibleprinters(soldseparately),see=280.
• RAWimagescannotbeprinted.
287
PrintingImages
StillImages
Coniguring Print Settings
1 Accesstheprintingscreen.
zz
Followsteps1–6on=286–287to
accessthescreenatleft.
2 Conigurethesettings.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturn
the<7>dialtochooseanitem,and
thenchooseanoptionbypressingthe
<q><r>buttons.
Default
Date
FileNo.
Both
Off
Default
Matchescurrentprintersettings.
Printsimageswiththedateadded.
Printsimageswiththeilenumberadded.
Printsimageswithboththedateandilenumberadded.
Y
P
O
–
Matchescurrentprintersettings.
Off
–
On
Usesinformationfromthetimeofshootingtoprintunder
optimalsettings.
Red-Eye1
C
Correctsred-eye.
No.ofCopies Choosethenumberofcopiestoprint.
Cropping
–
Specifyadesiredimageareatoprint(=289).
Paper
Settings
–
Specifythepapersize,layout,andotherdetails
(=290).
288
PrintingImages
StillImages
CroppingImagesBeforePrinting(Cropping)
Bycroppingimagesbeforeprinting,youcanprintadesiredimagearea
insteadoftheentireimage.
1 Choose[Cropping].
zz
Afterfollowingstep1on=288to
accesstheprintingscreen,choose
[Cropping]andpressthe<m>button.
XX
Acroppingframeisnowdisplayed,
indicatingtheimageareatoprint.
2 Adjustthecroppingframeas
needed.
zz
Toresizetheframe,movethezoom
lever.
zz
Tomovetheframe,pressthe
Y
P
O
<o><p><q><r>buttons.
zz
Torotatetheframe,turnthe<7>dial.
zz
Wheninished,pressthe<m>button.
C
3 Printtheimage.
zz
Followstep7on=287toprint.
zz
Onthescreeninstep1,pressthe
<o><p>buttonsorturnthe<7>dialto
choose[Print],andthenpressthe<m>
button.
• Croppingmaynotbepossibleatsmallimagesizes,oratsome
aspectratios.
• Datesmaynotbeprintedcorrectlyifyoucropimagesshotwith
[DateStamp]selected.
289
PrintingImages
StillImages
ChoosingPaperSizeandLayoutBeforePrinting
1 Choose[PaperSettings].
zz
Afterfollowingstep1on=288to
accesstheprintingscreen,choose
[PaperSettings]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Chooseapapersize.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
Y
P
O
3 Chooseatypeofpaper.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanoption,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
C
4 Choosealayout.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanoption.
zz
Whenchoosing[N-up],pressthe
<q><r>buttonstospecifythenumberof
imagespersheet.
zz
Pressthe<m>button.
5 Printtheimage.
290
PrintingImages
AvailableLayoutOptions
Default
Matchescurrentprintersettings.
Bordered
Printswithblankspacearoundtheimage.
Borderless
Borderless,edge-to-edgeprinting.
N-up
Choosehowmanyimagestoprintpersheet.
IDPhoto
Printsimagesforidentiicationpurposes.
OnlyavailableforimageswitharesolutionofLandanaspectratioof
4:3.
FixedSize
Choosetheprintsize.
Choosefrom3.5x5in.,postcard,orwide-formatprints.
StillImages
PrintingIDPhotos
1 Choose[IDPhoto].
zz
Followingsteps1–4on=290,choose
Y
P
O
[IDPhoto]andpressthe<m>button.
2 Choosethelongandshortside
length.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
C
<7>dialtochooseanitem.Choosethe
lengthbypressingthe<q><r>buttons,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
3 Choosetheprintingarea.
zz
Followstep2on=289tochoosethe
printingarea.
4 Printtheimage.
291
PrintingImages
Movies
Printing Movie Scenes
1 Accesstheprintingscreen.
zz
Followsteps1–5on=286–287
tochooseamovie,andthenpressthe
<m>button.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[c],andthenpress
the<m>button.Thescreenatleftis
displayed.
2 Chooseaprintingmethod.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturn
the<7>dialtochoose[ ],andthen
pressthe<q><r>buttonstochoosethe
printingmethod.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
[ ],andthenpressthe<q><r>buttons
tochoosetheprintingmethod.
Y
P
O
3 Printtheimage.
C
MoviePrintingOptions
Single
Printsthecurrentsceneasastillimage.
Sequence
Printsaseriesofscenes,acertainintervalapart,onasinglesheetof
paper.Youcanalsoprintthefoldernumber,ilenumber,andelapsed
timefortheframebysetting[Caption]to[On].
• Tocancelprintinginprogress,pressthe<m>button.
• [IDPhoto]and[Sequence]cannotbechosenonCanonPictBridgecompatibleprintersfromCP720/CP730andearliermodels.
292
PrintingImages
StillImages
Adding Images to the Print List (DPOF)
Batchprinting(=296)andorderingprintsfromaphotodevelopment
servicecanbesetuponthecamera.Chooseupto998imagesona
memorycardandconigurerelevantsettings,suchasthenumberofcopies,
asfollows.TheprintinginformationyoupreparethiswaywillconformDPOF
(DigitalPrintOrderFormat)standards.
• RAWimagescannotbeincludedinprintlist.
StillImages
ConiguringPrintSettings
Specifytheprintingformat,whethertoaddthedateorilenumber,and
othersettingsasfollows.Thesesettingsapplytoallimagesintheprintlist.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,andthen
choose[PrintSettings]onthe[2]tab.
Chooseandconiguresettingsasdesired
(=91).
Y
P
O
C
Standard
PrintType
Date
FileNo.
ClearDPOF
data
Oneimageisprintedpersheet.
Index
Smallerversionsofmultipleimagesareprinted
persheet.
Both
Bothstandardandindexformatsareprinted.
On
Imagesareprintedwiththeshootingdate.
Off
–
On
Imagesareprintedwiththeilenumber.
Off
–
On
Allimageprintlistsettingsareclearedafter
printing.
Off
–
293
PrintingImages
• NotallofyourDPOFsettingsmaybeappliedinprintingbythe
printerorphotodevelopmentservice,insomecases.
• [ ]maybedisplayedonthecameratowarnyouthatthememory
cardhasprintsettingsthatwereconiguredonanothercamera.
Changingtheprintsettingsusingthiscameramayoverwriteall
previoussettings.
• Setting[Date]to[On]maycausesomeprinterstoprintthedate
twice.
• Specifying[Index]willpreventyoufromchoosing[On]forboth[Date]and
[FileNo.]atthesametime.
• IndexprintingisnotavailableonsomeCanonPictBridge-compatibleprinters
(soldseparately).
• Thedateisprintedinaformatmatchingsettingdetailsin[Date/Time]onthe
[3]tab(=18).
StillImages
Y
P
O
SettingUpPrintingforIndividualImages
1 Choose[SelectImages&Qty.].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[SelectImages&Qty.]onthe[2]tab,
andthenpressthe<m>button.
C
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
Youcannowspecifythenumberof
copies.
zz
Ifyouspecifyindexprintingfortheimage,
itislabeledwitha[ ]icon.Tocancel
indexprintingfortheimage,pressthe
<m>buttonagain.[ ]isnolonger
displayed.
294
PrintingImages
3 Specifythenumberofprints.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtospecifythenumberofprints
(upto99).
zz
Tosetupprintingforotherimagesand
specifythenumberofprints,repeatsteps
2–3.
zz
Printingquantitycannotbespeciiedfor
indexprints.Youcanonlychoosewhich
imagestoprint,byfollowingstep2.
zz
Wheninished,pressthe<n>button
toreturntothemenuscreen.
StillImages
SettingUpPrintingforaRangeofImages
1 Choose[SelectRange].
zz
Followingstep1on=294,choose
Y
P
O
[SelectRange]andpressthe<m>button.
2 Chooseimages.
zz
Followsteps2–3on=238tospecify
C
images.
3 Coniguretheprintsettings.
zz
Pressthe<o><p>buttonstochoose
[Order],andthenpressthe<m>button.
StillImages
SettingUpPrintingforAllImages
1 Choose[SelectAllImages].
zz
Followingstep1on=294,choose
[SelectAllImages]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Coniguretheprintsettings.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
295
PrintingImages
StillImages
ClearingAllImagesfromthePrintList
1 Choose[ClearAllSelections].
zz
Followingstep1on=294,choose
[ClearAllSelections]andpressthe<m>
button.
2 Conirmclearingtheprintlist.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
StillImages
PrintingImagesAddedtothePrintList(DPOF)
zz
Whenimageshavebeenaddedtothe
printlist(=293–295),thescreen
atleftisdisplayedafteryouconnect
thecameratoaPictBridge-compatible
printer.Pressthe<o><p>buttonsto
choose[Printnow],andthensimplypress
the<m>buttontoprinttheimagesinthe
printlist.
zz
AnyDPOFprintjobthatyoutemporarily
stopwillberesumedfromthenextimage.
Y
P
O
C
StillImages
Adding Images to a Photobook
Photobookscanbesetuponthecamerabychoosingupto998images
onamemorycardandimportingthemintotheincludedsoftwareonyour
computer,wheretheyarestoredintheirownfolder.Thisisconvenient
whenorderingprintedphotobooksonlineorprintingphotobookswithyour
ownprinter.
296
PrintingImages
ChoosingaSelectionMethod
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[PhotobookSet-up]onthe[1]tab,and
thenchoosehowyouwillselectimages.
• [ ]maybedisplayedonthecameratowarnyouthatthememory
cardhasprintsettingsthatwereconiguredonanothercamera.
Changingtheprintsettingsusingthiscameramayoverwriteall
previoussettings.
• Afterimportingimagestoyourcomputer,alsorefertotheSoftware Guide
(=27)andtheprintermanualforfurtherinformation.
Y
P
O
StillImages
AddingImagesIndividually
1 Choose[Select].
C
zz
Followingtheprocedureon=297,
choose[Select]andpressthe<m>
button.
297
PrintingImages
2 Chooseanimage.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochooseanimage,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
XX
[ ]isdisplayed.
zz
Toremovetheimagefromthephotobook,
pressthe<m>buttonagain.[ ]isno
longerdisplayed.
zz
Repeatthisprocesstospecifyother
images.
zz
Wheninished,pressthe<n>button
toreturntothemenuscreen.
• Youcanalsochoosetheimagesbytouchingthemonthescreeninstep2.
Y
P
O
StillImages
AddingAllImagestoaPhotobook
1 Choose[SelectAllImages].
zz
Followingtheprocedureon=297,
C
choose[SelectAllImages]andpressthe
<m>button.
2 Coniguretheprintsettings.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
298
PrintingImages
StillImages
RemovingAllImagesfromaPhotobook
1 Choose[ClearAllSelections].
zz
Followingtheprocedureon=297,
choose[ClearAllSelections]andpress
the<m>button.
2 Conirmclearingthephotobook.
zz
Pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturnthe
<7>dialtochoose[OK],andthenpress
the<m>button.
Y
P
O
C
299
StillImages
Movies
Using an Eye-Fi Card
BeforeusinganEye-Ficard,alwaysconirmthatlocaluseispermitted
(=2).
InsertingapreparedEye-Ficardenablesautomaticwirelesstransferof
imagestoacomputeroruploadingtoaphoto-sharingwebsite.
ImagesaretransferredbytheEye-Ficard.Refertothecard’susermanual
orcontactthemanufacturerforinstructionsonpreparingandusingcardsor
resolvingtransferproblems.
• WhenusinganEye-Ficard,keepthefollowingpointsinmind.
-Cardsmaycontinuetotransmitradiowavesevenwhen[EyeFitrans.]issetto[Disable](=301).RemovetheEye-Fi
cardbeforeenteringhospitals,aircraft,orotherareaswhere
transmissionisprohibited.
-Whentroubleshootingimagetransferissues,checkthecardand
computersettings.Fordetails,refertothecard’susermanual.
-PoorEye-Ficonnectionsmaycauseimagetransfertotakealong
time,andtransfermaybeinterruptedinsomecases.
-Eye-Ficardsmaybecomehot,duetotheirtransferfunctions.
-Batterypowerwillbeconsumedfasterthaninnormaluse.
-Cameraoperationmaybecomesluggish.Toresolvethis,try
setting[Eye-Fitrans.]to[Disable].
-Eye-Fitransmissionisnotpossiblewhenthecamerais
connectedtoawirelessLAN.
Y
P
O
C
ConnectionstatusofEye-Ficardsinthecameracanbecheckedonthe
shootingscreen(inregularinformationdisplaymode)orplaybackscreen(in
simpleinformationdisplaymode).
(Gray)
Notconnected
Interrupted
(Blinkingwhite)
Connecting
Notcommunicating
(White)
Connected
(Animated)
Transferin
progress*1
Erroracquiring
Eye-Ficardinformation*2
*1Powersaving(=86)onthecameraistemporarilydisabledduringimagetransfer.
*2Restartthecamera.Repeateddisplayofthisiconmayindicateaproblemwiththe
card.
300
UsinganEye-FiCard
Imageslabeledwitha[
]iconhavebeentransferred.
• Choosing[ ]modewillinterrupttheEye-Ficonnection.AlthoughtheEye-Fi
connectionwillberestoredafteryouchooseanothershootingmodeorenter
Playbackmode,thecameramaytransferanymoviesmadein[ ]mode
again.
Checking Connection Information
ChecktheaccesspointSSIDusedbytheEye-Ficardortheconnection
status,asneeded.
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[Eye-FiSettings]onthe[3]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Choose[Connectioninfo],andthenpress
the<m>button.
XX
Theconnectioninformationscreenis
displayed.
Y
P
O
Disabling Eye-Fi Transfer
ConigurethesettingasfollowstodisableEye-Fitransferbythecard,if
necessary.
C
Choose[Disable]in[Eye-Fitrans.].
zz
Pressthe<n>button,choose
[Eye-FiSettings]onthe[3]tab,andthen
pressthe<m>button.
zz
Choose[Eye-Fitrans.],andthenchoose
[Disable].
• [Eye-FiSettings]isnotshownunlessanEye-Ficardisinthe
camerawithitswrite-protecttabintheunlockedposition.Forthis
reason,youcannotchangesettingsforaninsertedEye-Ficardif
thewrite-protecttabisinthelockedposition.
301
Y
P
O
C
302
9
Appendix
Helpfulinformationwhenusingthecamera
Y
P
O
C
303
Troubleshooting
Ifyouthinkthereisaproblemwiththecamera,irstcheckthefollowing.
Iftheitemsbelowdonotsolveyourproblem,contactaCanonCustomer
SupportHelpDesk.
Power
Nothinghappenswhenthepowerbuttonispressed.
• Conirmthatthebatteryischarged(=15).
• Conirmthatthebatteryisinsertedfacingthecorrectway(=16).
• Conirmthatthememorycard/batterycoverisfullyclosed(=17).
• Dirtybatteryterminalsreducebatteryperformance.Trycleaningtheterminalswitha
cottonswabandreinsertingthebatteryafewtimes.
Thebatteryisdepletedquickly.
• Batteryperformancedecreasesatlowtemperatures.Trywarmingthebatteryalittle
byputtingitinyourpocket,forexample,withtheterminalcoveron.
• Ifthesemeasuresdonothelpandthebatteryisstilldepletedsoonaftercharging,it
hasreachedtheendofitslife.Purchaseanewbattery.
Thelensisnotretracted.
• Donotopenthememorycard/batterycoverwhilethecameraison.Closethecover,
turnthecameraon,andthenturnitoffagain(=17).
Y
P
O
Thebatteryisswollen.
• Batteryswellingisnormalanddoesnotposeanysafetyconcerns.However,ifbattery
swellingpreventsthebatteryfromittinginthecamera,contactaCanonCustomer
SupportHelpDesk.
C
Display on a TV
CameraimageslookdistortedornotdisplayedonaTV(=284).
Shooting
Cannotshoot.
• InPlaybackmode(=20),presstheshutterbuttonhalfway(=87).
Strangedisplayonthescreenunderlowlight(=88).
Strangedisplayonthescreenwhenshooting.
Notethatthefollowingdisplayproblemsarenotrecordedinstillimagesbutare
recordedinmovies.
• ThescreenmaylickerunderluorescentorLEDlighting.
Nodatestampisaddedtoimages.
• Conigurethe[DateStamp]setting(=112).Notethatdatestampsarenotadded
toimagesautomatically,merelybecauseyouhaveconiguredthe[Date/Time]setting
(=264).
304
Troubleshooting
• Datestampsarenotaddedinshootingmodes(=328–329)inwhichthissetting
cannotbeconigured.
[h]lashesonthescreenwhentheshutterbuttonispressed,and
shootingisnotpossible(=99).
• Set[ISMode]to[Continuous](=199).
• Setthelashmodeto[h](=193).
• IncreasetheISOspeed(=169).
• Mountthecameraonatripodortakeothermeasurestokeepitstill.Inthiscase,you
shouldset[ISMode]to[Off](=199).
Shotsareoutoffocus.
• Presstheshutterbuttonhalfwaytofocusonsubjectsbeforepressingitalltheway
downtoshoot(=87).
• Makesuresubjectsarewithinfocusingrange(=335).
• Set[AF-assistBeam]to[On](=132).
• Conirmthatunneededfunctionssuchasmacroaredeactivated.
• TryshootingwithfocuslockorAFlock(=185,191).
Shotsareblurry.
Y
P
O
• BlurringmayoccurmoreoftenwhenTouchShutterisusedtoshoot,dependingon
shootingconditions.Holdthecamerastillwhenshooting.
NoAFframesaredisplayedandthecameradoesnotfocuswhenthe
shutterbuttonispressedhalfway.
C
• TohaveAFframesdisplayedandthecamerafocuscorrectly,trycomposingthe
shotwithhigher-contrastsubjectareascenteredbeforeyoupresstheshutterbutton
halfway.Otherwise,trypressingtheshutterbuttonhalfwayrepeatedly.
Subjectsinshotslooktoodark.
• Setthelashmodeto[h](=193).
• Adjustbrightnessbyusingexposurecompensation(=166).
• Adjustcontrastbyusingi-Contrast(=172,254).
• UseAElockorspotmetering(=167,168).
Subjectslooktoobright,highlightsarewashed-out.
• Setthelashmodeto[!](=111).
• Adjustbrightnessbyusingexposurecompensation(=166).
• UseAElockorspotmetering(=167,168).
• Reducethelightingonsubjects.
Shotslooktoodarkdespitethelashiring(=99).
• Shootwithinlashrange(=335).
305
Troubleshooting
• Adjustbrightnessbyusinglashexposurecompensationorchangingthelashoutput
level(=195,197).
• IncreasetheISOspeed(=169).
Subjectsinlashshotslooktoobright,highlightsarewashed-out.
• Shootwithinlashrange(=335).
• Setthelashmodeto[!](=111).
• Adjustbrightnessbyusinglashexposurecompensationorchangingthelashoutput
level(=195,205).
Whitedotsorsimilarimageartifactsappearinlashshots.
• Thisiscausedbylightfromthelashrelectingoffdustorairborneparticles.
Shotslookgrainy.
• LowertheISOspeed(=169).
• HighISOspeedsinsomeshootingmodesmaycausegrainyimages(=139).
Subjectsareaffectedbyred-eye(=125).
• Set[Red-EyeLamp]to[On](=132)toactivatethered-eyereductionlamp
(=4)inlashshots.Forbestresults,havesubjectslookatthered-eyereduction
lamp.Alsotryincreasingthelightinginindoorscenesandshootingatcloserrange.
Y
P
O
• Editimagesusingred-eyecorrection(=255).
Recordingtothememorycardtakestoolong,orcontinuousshooting
isslower.
• Usethecameratoperformlow-levelformattingofthememorycard(=268).
C
ShootingsettingsorFUNC.menusettingsarenotavailable.
• Availablesettingitemsvarybyshootingmode.Referto“FunctionsAvailableinEach
ShootingMode”,“FUNC.Menu”,and“ShootingMenu”(=318–324).
TheBabiesorChildrenicondoesnotdisplay.
• TheBabiesandChildreniconswillnotdisplayifthebirthdayisnotsetinface
information(=113).Iftheiconsstilldonotdisplayevenwhenyousetthebirthday,
re-registerfaceinformation(=119),ormakesurethatthedate/timeareset
correctly(=264).
TouchAF/TouchShuttercannotbeactivated.
• TouchAFandTouchShuttercannotbeactivatedbytouchingtheedgesofthescreen.
Trytouchingclosertothecenterofthescreen.
306
Troubleshooting
Shooting Movies
Theelapsedtimeshownisincorrect,orrecordingisinterrupted.
• Usethecameratoformatthememorycard,orswitchtoacardthatsupportshighspeedrecording.Notethateveniftheelapsedtimedisplayisincorrect,thelength
ofmoviesonthememorycardcorrespondstotheactualrecordingtime(=334,
267).
[
]isdisplayedandshootingstopsautomatically.
Thecamera’sinternalmemorybufferilledupasthecameracouldnotrecordtothe
memorycardquicklyenough.Tryoneofthefollowingmeasures.
• Usethecameratoperformlow-levelformattingofthememorycard(=268).
• Lowertheimagequality(=127).
• Switchtoamemorycardthatsupportshigh-speedrecording(=334).
Zoomingisnotpossible.
• Zoomingisnotpossiblewhenshootingmoviesin[
modes.
](=146)and[
](=162)
Subjectslookdistorted.
• Subjectsthatpassinfrontofthecameraquicklymaylookdistorted.Thisisnota
malfunction.
Playback
Playbackisnotpossible.
Y
P
O
• Imageormovieplaybackmaynotbepossibleifacomputerisusedtorenameilesor
alterthefolderstructure.RefertotheSoftware Guide(=27)fordetailsonfolder
structureandilenames.
C
Playbackstops,oraudioskips.
• Switchtoamemorycardthatyouhaveperformedlow-levelformattingonwiththe
camera(=268).
• Theremaybebriefinterruptionswhenplayingmoviescopiedtomemorycardsthat
haveslowreadspeeds.
• Whenmoviesareplayedonacomputer,framesmaybedroppedandaudiomayskip
ifcomputerperformanceisinadequate.
Soundisnotplayedduringmovies.
• Adjustthevolume(=217)ifyouhaveactivated[Mute](=262)orthesoundin
themovieisfaint.
• Nosoundisplayedformoviesshotin[ ](=146)or[
becauseaudioisnotrecordedinthesemodes.
](=162)modes
307
Troubleshooting
Computer
Cannottransferimagestoacomputer.
Whenattemptingtotransferimagestothecomputerviaacable,tryreducingthe
transferspeedasfollows.
• Pressthe<1>buttontoenterPlaybackmode.Holdthe<n>buttondownas
youpressthe<o>and<m>buttonsatthesametime.Onthenextscreen,press
the<q><r>buttonstochoose[B],andthenpressthe<m>button.
Eye-Fi Cards
Cannottransferimages(=300).
Wireless LAN
CannotaccessthewirelessLANmenubypressing<o>.
• YoucannotaccessthewirelessLANmenufromashootingmode.SwitchtoPlayback
modeandtryagain.
• NotethatinPlaybackmode,thewirelessLANmenucannotbedisplayedduring
detailedinformationdisplay,magniieddisplay,orindexdisplay.Switchtosingleimagedisplayandaviewingmodeotherthandetailedinformationdisplay.Similarly,
thewirelessLANmenucannotbeaccessedduringilteredimagedisplayaccordingto
speciiedconditions.Canceltheplaybackstateoftheimageinimagesearchmode.
Y
P
O
• ThewirelessLANmenucannotbedisplayedwhilethecameraisconnectedtoa
printerorcomputerviaacable.Disconnectthecable.
Cannotaddadevice/destination.
C
• Atotalof20itemsofconnectioninformationcanbeaddedtothecamera.Erase
unneededconnectioninformationfromthecamerairst,andthenaddnewdevices/
destinations(=78).
• E-mailistheonlywebserviceforwhichmultipleaccountscanbeset.Use
CameraWindowtochangethedesiredWebserviceaccounts(=46).
• Toaddasmartphoneasadevice,irstinstallthededicatedapplication
CameraWindowonyoursmartphone.
• Toaddacomputerasadevice,irstinstalltheincludedsoftwareCameraWindowon
thecomputer.Alsochecktheenvironmentandsettingsofyourcomputerandwireless
LAN(=56,59).
• Avoidusingthecamera’swirelessLANfunctionaroundmicrowaveovens,Bluetooth
devices,andotherdevicesthatoperateonthe2.4GHzband,asthiswillweaken
wirelessLANsignals.
• Bringthecameraclosertotheotherdeviceyouaretryingtoconnectto(suchasthe
accesspoint),andmakesuretherearenoobjectsbetweenthedevices.
308
Troubleshooting
Cannotsendimages.
• Thedestinationdevicehasinsuficientstoragespace.Increasethestoragespaceon
thedestinationdeviceandresendtheimages.
• Thewrite-protecttaboftheSD/SDHC/SDXCmemorycardorEye-Ficardofthe
destinationcameraissettothelockedposition.Slidethewrite-protecttabtothe
unlockedposition.
• Imagesshotin[
]modearegrouped.Cancelgroupingandthensendtheimages.
• RAWimagescannotbesent.In[
]mode,onlytheJPEGimagesaresent.
Cannotresizeimagesforsending.
• Imagescannotberesizedtobebiggerthantheresolutionsettingoftheiroriginalsize.
• Moviescannotberesized.
Imagestakealongtimetosend./Thewirelessconnectionisdisrupted.
• Multipleimagesmaytakealongtimetosend.Tryresizingtheimageto[
toreducesendingtime(=76).
]or[
]
• Moviesmaytakealongtimetosend.
• Avoidusingthecamera’swirelessLANfunctionaroundmicrowaveovens,Bluetooth
devices,andotherdevicesthatoperateonthe2.4GHzband,asthiswillweaken
wirelessLANsignals.
Y
P
O
• Notethatimagesmaytakealongtimetosendevenwhen[
]isdisplayed.
• Bringthecameraclosertotheotherdeviceyouaretryingtoconnectto(suchasthe
accesspoint),andmakesuretherearenoobjectsbetweenthedevices.
• Whensendingimagestoacomputerfromamemorycardwithalargeamount
ofimages(approximately1,000),theconnectionmaybedisrupted.Importany
necessaryimagestoacomputer,andthenreducethenumberofimagesonthe
memorycardbyerasingunnecessaryimages.
C
Erasingwirelessconnectioninformationwhentransferringownership
ofordisposingofthecamera.
• ResetthewirelessLANtodefaultsettings(=82).
309
On-Screen Messages
Ifanerrormessageisdisplayed,respondasfollows.
Nomemorycard
• Thememorycardmaybeinsertedfacingthewrongway.Reinsertthememorycard
facingthecorrectway(=17).
Memorycardlocked
• Thewrite-protecttabofthememorycardissettothelockedposition.Switchthe
write-protecttabtotheunlockedposition(=16).
Cannotrecord!
• Shootingwasattemptedwithoutamemorycardinthecamera.Toshoot,inserta
memorycardfacingthecorrectway(=17).
Memorycarderror(=268)
• Ifthesameerrormessageisdisplayedevenwhenyouhaveinsertedaformatted
memorycardfacingthecorrectway,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk
(=17).
Insuficientspaceoncard
• Thereisnotenoughfreespaceonthememorycardtoshoot(=95,135,165,
201)oreditimages(=250–255).Eithereraseunneededimages(=240,
241)orinsertamemorycardwithenoughfreespace(=16).
Y
P
O
TouchAFunavailable
• TouchAFisnotavailableinthecurrentshootingmode(=318).
TouchAFcanceled
C
• ThesubjectselectedforTouchAFcannolongerbedetected(=188).
Chargethebattery(=15)
NoImage.
• Thememorycarddoesnotcontainanyimagesthatcanbedisplayed.
Protected!(=236)
UnidentiiedImage/IncompatibleJPEG/Imagetoolarge./Cannotplay
backAVI/RAW
• Unsupportedorcorruptimagescannotbedisplayed.
• Itmaynotbepossibletodisplayimagesthatwereeditedorrenamedonacomputer,
orimagesshotwithanothercamera.
310
On-ScreenMessages
Cannotmagnify!/CannotplaybackthiscontentinSmartShufle/
Cannotrotate/Cannotmodifyimage/Cannotregisterthisimage!/
Cannotmodify/Cannotassigntocategory/Unselectableimage./No
identiicationinformation
• Thefollowingfunctionsmaybeunavailableforimagesthatwererenamedoralready
editedonacomputer,orimagesshotwithanothercamera.Notethatstarred(*)
functionsarenotavailableformovies.Magnify*(=233),SmartShufle*(=235),
Categorize(=245),Rotate(=243),Edit*(=250–255),AssignasStart-up
Image*(=266),PrintList*(=293),PhotobookSet-up*(=296),andEditID
Info*(=231–232).
• Groupedimagescannotbeprocessed(=159).
Invalidselectionrange
• Whenspecifyingarangeforimageselection(=238,242,247,295),you
attemptedtochooseaninitialimagethatwasaftertheinalimage,orvice-versa.
Exceededselectionlimit
• Morethan998imageswereselectedforPrintList(=293)orPhotobookSet-up
(=296).Choose998imagesorless.
• PrintList(=293)orPhotobookSet-up(=296)settingscouldnotbesaved
correctly.Reducethenumberofselectedimagesandtryagain.
Y
P
O
• Youattemptedtochoosemorethan500imagesinProtect(=236),Erase
(=240),Favorites(=244),MyCategory(=245),PrintList(=293),or
PhotobookSet-up(=296).
Communicationerror
C
• Anexcessiveamountofimages(approx.1,000)onthememorycardprevented
printingorimagetransfertoacomputer.Totransfertheimages,useacommercially
availableUSBcardreader.Toprint,insertthememorycarddirectlyintotheprinter
cardslot.
Namingerror!
• Thefoldercouldnotbecreatedorimagescouldnotberecorded,becausethehighest
supportedfoldernumber(999)forstoringimagesonthecardhasbeenreachedand
thehighestsupportedimagenumber(9999)forimagesinfoldershasbeenreached.
Inthe[3]menu,change[FileNumbering]to[AutoReset](=269),orformatthe
memorycard(=267).
LensError
• Thiserrormayoccurifthelensisheldwhileitismoving,orwhenthecameraisused
industyorsandylocations.
• Frequentdisplayofthiserrormessagemayindicatecameradamage.Inthiscase,
contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.
311
On-ScreenMessages
Acameraerrorwasdetected(error number)
• Ifthiserrormessageisdisplayedimmediatelyafterashot,theimagemaynothave
beensaved.SwitchtoPlaybackmodetocheckfortheimage.
• Frequentdisplayofthiserrormessagemayindicatecameradamage.Inthiscase,
writedowntheerrornumber(Exx)andcontactaCanonCustomerSupportHelp
Desk.
FileError
• Correctprinting(=286)maynotbepossibleforphotosfromothercamerasor
imagesthathavebeenalteredusingcomputersoftware,evenifthecamerais
connectedtotheprinter.
Printerror
• Checkthepapersizesetting(=290).Ifthiserrormessageisdisplayedwhenthe
settingiscorrect,restarttheprinterandcompletethesettingonthecameraagain.
Inkabsorberfull
• ContactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesktorequestassistancewithink
absorberreplacement.
Wireless LAN
Y
P
O
Connectionfailed
• Noaccesspointswererecognized.Checktheaccesspointsettings.(=57)
• Adevicecouldnotbefound.Turnthecameraoffandonagain,andretrythe
connection.
C
• Checkthedeviceyouwanttoconnecttoandmakesureitisreadyforconnection.
Cannotdetermineaccesspoint
• TheWPSbuttononnumerousaccesspointswerepressedsimultaneously.Try
reconnectingagain.
Noaccesspointsfound
• Checktomakesurethattheaccesspointisturnedon.
• Whenconnectingtoanaccesspointmanually,makesurethatyouenteredthe
correctSSID.
IncorrectwirelessLANencryptionkey/IncorrectwirelessLANsecurity
settings
• Checktheaccesspointsecuritysettings(=57).
IPaddressconlict
• ResettheIPaddresssothatitdoesnotconlictwithanother.
312
On-ScreenMessages
Disconnected/Receivingfailed/Sendingfailed
• TheenvironmentyouareinmaynotbesuitableforwirelessLANuse.
• Avoidusingthecamera’swirelessLANfunctionaroundmicrowaveovens,Bluetooth
devices,andotherdevicesthatoperateonthe2.4GHzband.
• Bringthecameraclosertotheotherdeviceyouaretryingtoconnectto(suchasthe
accesspoint),andmakesuretherearenoobjectsbetweenthedevices.
• Checktheconnecteddevicetomakesureitisnotexperiencingerrors.
Sendingfailed
Memorycarderror
• Ifthesameerrormessageisdisplayedevenwhenyouhaveinsertedaformatted
memorycardfacingthecorrectway,contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.
Receivingfailed
Insuficientspaceoncard
• Thereisnotenoughfreespaceonthememorycardtoreceiveimages.Eraseimages
tocreatespaceonthememorycard,orinsertanemptymemorycard.
Receivingfailed
Memorycardlocked
• Thewrite-protecttaboftheSD/SDHC/SDXCmemorycardorEye-Ficardofthe
cameratoreceivetheimagesissettothelockedposition.Slidethewrite-protecttab
totheunlockedposition.
Receivingfailed
Namingerror!
Y
P
O
C
• Whenthehighestfoldernumber(999),andthehighestimagenumber(9999)have
beenreachedonthereceivingcamera,imagescannotbereceived.
Insuficientspaceonserver
• DeleteunnecessaryimagesuploadedtoCANONiMAGEGATEWAYtocreatespace.
SSLcertiicatenotvalid
Connecttoacomputer,usethesuppliedsoftwaretoreset
• Checktomakesurethedate/timesettingsonthecameraarecorrect.Afterconirming
thatthesettingsarecorrect,followtheon-screeninstructionsandresetthesettings.
Checknetworksettings
• ChecktomakesureyourcomputercanconnecttotheInternetwiththecurrent
networksettings.
313
On-Screen Information
Shooting (Information Display)
Batterylevel
(=315)
Cameraorientation*
Eye-Ficonnection
status(=300)
Whitebalance
correction(=175)
MyColors(=177)
AEBshooting
(=171)/Focus
bracketing(=191)
Drivemode
(=102,179)
Meteringmethod
(=168)
Compression(image
quality)(=199),
Resolution
(=124),RAW
(=198)
314
Histogram(=210,
219)
Recordableshots
(=334)
Self-timer(=107)
Moviequality
(=127)
Focallength
(=106)
Remainingtime
(=334)
Digitalzoom
magniication
(=105),Digital
tele-converter
(=183)
Focusingrange
(=140,181,
182),ISmodeicon
(=103)
Shootingmode
(=318),Scene
icon(=101)
Flashmode
(=111,193,
194)
AFframe(=184)
Red-eyecorrection
(=125)
Flashexposure
compensation/
Flashoutputlevel
(=195,205)
SpotAEpointframe
(=168)
Switchingcontrol
ringfunctions
(=209)
Datestamp
(=112)
ISOspeed(=169)
Y
P
O
C
On-ScreenInformation
NDilter(=173)
AElock(=167),
FElock(=196)
Gridlines(=210)
Shutterspeed
(=202,204)
Electroniclevel
(=210)
Aspectratio
(=123)
Aperturevalue
(=203,204)
Exposure
compensationlevel
(=166)
i-Contrast(=172)
Whitebalance
(=174)
Mercurylamp
correction(=126)
TouchShutter
(=110)
Camerashake
warning(=99)
Exposureshiftbar
(=161)
Zoombar(=96)
Blinkdetection
(=131)
Exposurelevel
(=204)
MFindicator
(=182)
Imagestabilization
(=199)
Timezone(=264)
Windilter(=128)
Exposure
compensationbar
(=166)
* :Regularorientation,
:Heldvertically
Thecameradetectstheshootingorientationandadjustssettingsforoptimalshots.
Orientationisalsodetectedduringplayback,andineitherorientation,thecamera
automaticallyrotatesimagesasneeded.
However,theorientationmaynotbedetectedcorrectlywhenthecameraispointed
straightupordown.
BatteryLevel
Y
P
O
C
Anon-screeniconormessageindicatesthebatterychargelevel.
Display
Details
Suficientcharge
Slightlydepleted,butsuficient
(Blinkingred)
[Chargethebattery]
Nearlydepleted—chargethebatterysoon
Depleted—chargethebatteryimmediately
315
On-ScreenInformation
Playback (Detailed Information Display)
Switchdisplay:RGB
histogram(=220),
GPSinformation
(=220)
MyCategory
(=245)
Whitebalance
(=174)/White
balancecorrection
(=175)
Histogram(=219)
NDilter(=173)
Exposure
compensationlevel
(=166),Exposure
shiftlevel(=161)
ISOspeed(=169),
Playbackspeed
(=147,162)
Shootingmode
(=318)
TransferredviaEyeFi(=300)
316
Batterylevel
(=315)
Meteringmethod
(=168)
Foldernumber-File
number(=269)
Currentimageno./
Totalno.ofimages
Shutterspeed(still
images)(=202),
Imagequality/
Framerate(movies)
(=127)
Aperturevalue
(=203,204)
i-Contrast(=172,
254)
Flash(=193,
194),Flash
exposure
compensation
(=195)
Focusingrange
(=140,181,
182)
Filesize(=334)
Stillimages:
Resolution(=334)
Movies:Movie
length(=334)
Compression(image
quality)(=199)/
Resolution(=124,
127),RAW
(=198),MOV
(movies)
Groupplayback
(=230),Image
editing(=250–
255)
Protection(=236)
Favorites(=244)
MyColors(=177,
253)
Mercurylamp
correction(=126)
Red-eyecorrection
(=125,255)
Shootingdate/time
(=18)
Y
P
O
C
On-ScreenInformation
• SomeinformationmaynotbedisplayedwhenviewingimagesonaTV
(=281).
SummaryofMovieControlPanelin“Viewing”(=216)
Exit
Touchtodisplaythevolumepanel,andthentouch[o][p]toadjustthe
volume.Atavolumeof0,[ ]isdisplayed.
Play
SlowMotion(Toadjusttheplaybackspeed,pressthe<q><r>buttonsorturn
the<7>dial.Nosoundisplayed.)
SkipBackward*orPreviousClip(=136)(Tocontinueskippingbackward,
keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)
PreviousFrame(Forfast-rewind,keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)
Y
P
O
NextFrame(Forfast-forward,keepholdingdownthe<m>button.)
SkipForward*orNextClip(=136)(Tocontinueskippingforward,keep
holdingdownthe<m>button.)
*
Edit(=256)
C
Shownwhenyouhaveselectedamoviecreatedin[
c
]mode(=259).
ShownwhenthecameraisconnectedtoaPictBridge-compatibleprinter
(=286).
*Displaystheframeapprox.4sec.beforeorafterthecurrentframe.
• Duringmovieplayback,youcanskipbackorforward(ortothepreviousor
nextchapter)bypressingthe<q><r>buttons.
317
Functions and Menu Tables
Functions Available in Each Shooting Mode
ShootingMode
K
D B M G A
Function
ExposureCompensation(=166)
Flash(=111,193,194)
h
Z
!
FlashExposureCompensation(=195)
FlashOutput(=205)
ApertureValue(=203)
ShutterSpeed(=202)
ProgramShift(=167)
AELock(=167)/FELock(=196)*3
AELock(Movie)/ExposureShift(=161)
*1
–
*1
–
O
*1
–
*1
O
*1
–
*1
O
*1
O
*1
O
O –
O –
– –
*1
O
O
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
–
O
–
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
O
–
O
–
O
Y
P
O
>button
AFLock(whenassignedtothe<
(=211))
FocusingRange(=140,181,182)
e
C
(=182)/AFLock(=191)
MoveAFFrame(=185)
FaceSelect(=190)
TouchAF(=185,188)
TouchShutter(=110)
ScreenDisplay(=88)
O O O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
O
–
*2
O
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O
O
O
O
–
O O O
O
–
O
–
O
–
O
–
–
–
O O O
– – –
–
O
–
O
–
O
–
O
–
O
–
O O O
– – –
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O
O O
O O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O –
*1
–
*1
8
I
O O O
*1
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
O
OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.
*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Notavailable,but
switchesto[Z]insomecases.*3FElocknotavailablein[!]lashmode.*4Only
availablewhenfacesaredetected.*5Onlyavailableforshooting.Subjectdesignation
notavailable.
318
FunctionsandMenuTables
K
E
T
E
Y
x
S P t
v
O O O O O O O O O
–
O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
O O O – O O O – – – O O O O O O O O O – – –
O O O – O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O – – –
– – – – *2 – – – O – – – – – – – – – – – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – O O –
–
–
Y
P
O
–
O O O O
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O – O
– – O –
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – – – – – – – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
C
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – – O – – – – – – – – –
– – – O O O O – – O O O O O O
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
O O O O – – O – – O O – – O O
*4
*4
*4
O – – O – – O O – – – –
– – – O *5 – O *5 – O O *5 – O O
O O O O O O O
– – – – – – –
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O O O O
– – – –
O O O O
O – – –
O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
O O O O O O
–
O O
–
O O O O O
–
O O O
319
FunctionsandMenuTables
FUNC. Menu
ShootingMode
K
D B M G A
I
Function
DRCorrection(=172)
ShadowCorrect(=173)
*1
O
O
O
O
–
*1
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
*1
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O –
*1
–
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O –
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O –
–
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
O –
– –
–
–
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O –
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
–
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
*1
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
O O O
O O O
–
ISOSpeed(=169)
–
WhiteBalance(=174)
*2
Y
P
O
hS
*2
*1
WhiteBalanceCorrection(=175)
MyColors(=177)
C
*5
*5
Bracketing(=171,191)
*6
–
–
DriveMode(=179)
*7
*1
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
*1
O
O
O
O
–
– O O
*1
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Notavailablein[x]or
[v].*3[h]notavailable.*4Advancedsettingsnotavailable.*5Whitebalanceisnot
available.*6Setinarangeof1–5:contrast,sharpness,colorsaturation,red,green,
blue,andskintone.*7[ ]issetwith[ ],AFlock,or[t].
320
FunctionsandMenuTables
K
E
T
E
Y
x
S P t
v
O O O O O
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Y
P
O
O O O
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
*3
*3
–
O O O
– – –
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O
– –
–
–
*4
C
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
O O O
–
–
O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O – – –
OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.
321
FunctionsandMenuTables
ShootingMode
K
D B M G A
I
Function
Self-Timer(=107)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
– O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O –
–
*1
O
O
O
O
–
O –
–
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
– O –
*1
O
O
O
O
–
–
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O –
*1
O
O
O
O
–
–
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
*1
]
[$
Self-TimerSettings(=108)
Delay*2
Shots*3
MeteringMethod(=168)
*1
*1
*1
NDFilter(=173)
StillImageAspectRatio(=123)
ImageType(=198)
Y
P
O
Resolution(=124)
Compression(=199)
C
–
–
–
–
MovieQuality(=127)
–
*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Cannotbesetto0
secondsinmodeswithoutselectionofthenumberofshots.*3Oneshot(cannotbe
modiied)inmodeswithoutselectionofthenumberofshots.*4Only[ ]and[ ]
areavailable.*5Synchronizeswiththeaspectratiosettingandisautomaticallyset
(=147).
322
–
FunctionsandMenuTables
K
E
T
E
Y
x
S P t
v
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O
–
–
O O O
–
O
–
–
*4
–
–
O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Y
P
O
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
C
O O O
–
–
O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
*5
O O O O O O O O
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O
*5
O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– – – – – – – – – – – O
OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.
323
FunctionsandMenuTables
4 Shooting Menu
ShootingMode
K
D B M G A
Function
AFFrame(=184)
FaceAiAF*2
1-point
AFFrameSize(=185)*3
Normal
Small
DigitalZoom(=105,183)
Standard
Off
DigitalTele-converter(1.5x/2.0x)
AF-PointZoom(=130)
On
Off
ServoAF(=187)
On
Off*4
ContinuousAF(=188)
On
Off
TouchShutter(=110)
On
Off
AF-assistBeam(=132)
On
Off
MF-PointZoom(=182)
On
Off
SafetyMF(=182)
On
Off
C
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O O O
O O –
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
O O –
O O –
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
– O –
O O O
– – –
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
– O –
O O O
Y
P
O
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
– O –
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O O O
– O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
– O –
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
O O –
O O O
*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.*2Operationwhenno
facesaredetectedvariesbyshootingmode.*3AvailablewhentheAFframeisset
to[1-point].*4[On]whensubjectmovementisdetectedin[A]mode.*5Only
availableforshooting.Subjectdesignationnotavailable.
324
FunctionsandMenuTables
K
E
T
E
Y
x
S P t
v
O O O O O – O – – O O –
– – – O – O O O O – O O
–
–
O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
O
O
–
–
O O O O
O O – –
–
–
O O
O –
O O O – – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – O O –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
O O O O – O O – – O O – – – – O O O O – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Y
P
O
– – – – – O O – – – O – – – – O O O O – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –
C
– – – O *5
O O O O O
–
–
O *5 – O O *5 – O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O – O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – O – O O – – O O – – – – O O O O – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – O O O O – – O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.
325
FunctionsandMenuTables
ShootingMode
K
D B M G A
Function
FlashSettings(=125,132,195,197,205)
Auto
FlashMode
Manual
FlashExp.Comp
FlashOutput
1st-curtain
ShutterSync.
2nd-curtain
On
Red-EyeCorr.
Off
On
Red-EyeLamp
Off
On
SafetyFE
Off
ISOAutoSettings(=170)
MaxISOSpeed
RateofChange
HighISONR(=170)
HgLampCorr.(=126)
On/Off
SpotAEPoint(=168)
Center
AFPoint
SafetyShift(=203)
On
Off
WindFilter(=128)
On
Off
Review(=133)
Off/Quick/2–10sec./Hold
ReviewInfo(=134)
Off
Detailed/FocusCheck
BlinkDetection(=131)
On
Off
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
*1
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O –
O –
– –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
O –
– –
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
O
– – –
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O O
*1
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
O O O
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
Y
P
O
C
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.
326
I
FunctionsandMenuTables
K
E
T
E
Y
x
S P t
v
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
–
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
C
Y
P
O
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O
–
–
–
–
–
–
O O O – – – O – – – O – – – – – O O O – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.
327
FunctionsandMenuTables
ShootingMode
K
D B M G A
Function
CustomDisplay(=210)
ShootingInfo
GridLines
ElectronicLevel
Histogram
ISMode(=199)
Off
Continuous
ShootOnly
DateStamp(=112)
Off
Date/Date&Time
FaceIDSettings(=113)
SetControlRingFunc.(=208)
Set
button(=211)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O O O
O O O
– O O
O
O
*1
O
*1
O
*1
O
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
O
O
–
–
–
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
SaveSettings(=212)
Y
P
O
*1Optionsvarydependingontheassignedshootingmode.
C
328
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
FunctionsandMenuTables
K
E
T
E
Y
x
S P t
v
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O – O O O O O O O O O O O O O O – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O – – O O O – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
OAvailableorsetautomatically.–Notavailable.
Y
P
O
–Whenusing[FaceID](=113)toshoot,nameswillnotbedisplayedin[ ],[ ],or
[ ],buttheywillberecordedinstillimages.
–Settingavailable,butwhenusing[FaceID](=113)toshoot,nameswillnotbe
displayedin[E],[ ],or[ ],andtheywillnotberecordedinmovies.
C
329
FunctionsandMenuTables
3 Set up Menu
Item
Item
Ref.Page
Ref.Page
Mute
=262
PowerSaving
Volume
=262
Units
=271
SoundOptions
=263
ElectronicLevel
=129
Hints&Tips
=263
VideoSystem
=284
Date/Time
=18
CtrlviaHDMI
=282
TimeZone
=264
TouchResponse
=273
LCDBrightness
=265
WirelessLANSettings
=35
Start-upImage
=266
Eye-FiSettings
=300
Format
=267,268
FileNumbering
=269
Y
P
O
CopyrightInfo
=273
CertiicationLogoDisplay
=275
=20
=276
CreateFolder
=270
Language
LensRetract
=270
ResetAll
C
=86,271
My Menu Menu
Item
MyMenusettings
330
Ref.Page
=213
FunctionsandMenuTables
1 Playback Menu
Item
Ref.Page
Item
Ref.Page
ImageSearch
=225
Red-EyeCorrection
=255
MovieDigestPlayback
=229
Cropping
=251
SmartShufle
=235
Resize
=250
Slideshow
=234
MyColors
=253
Erase
=240
FaceIDInfo
=222
Protect
=236
ScrollDisplay
=217
Rotate
=243
GroupImages
=230
Favorites
=244
AutoRotate
=243
MyCategory
=245
PhotobookSet-up
=296
i-Contrast
C
Y
P
O
=254
Resume
=217
Transition
=217
SetTouchActions
=248
2 Print Menu
Item
Print
Ref.Page
–
Item
Ref.Page
SelectAllImages
=295
SelectImages&Qty.
=294
ClearAllSelections
=296
SelectRange
=295
PrintSettings
=293
331
Handling Precautions
• Thecameraisahigh-precisionelectronicdevice.Avoiddroppingitor
subjectingittostrongimpact.
• Neverbringthecameranearmagnets,motors,orotherdevicesthat
generatestrongelectromagneticields,whichmaycausemalfunctionor
eraseimagedata.
• Ifwaterdropletsordirtadherestothecameraorscreen,wipewithadry
softcloth,suchasaneyeglasscloth.Donotrubhardorapplyforce.
• Neverusecleanerscontainingorganicsolventstocleanthecameraor
screen.
• Useablowerbrushtoremovedustfromthelens.Ifcleaningisdificult,
contactaCanonCustomerSupportHelpDesk.
• Topreventcondensationfromformingonthecameraaftersudden
temperaturechanges(whenthecameraistransferredfromcoldtowarm
environments),putthecamerainanairtight,resealableplasticbagand
letitgraduallyadjusttothetemperaturebeforeremovingitfromthebag.
• Ifcondensationdoesformonthecamera,stopusingitimmediately.
Continuingtousethecamerainthisstatemaydamageit.Removethe
batteryandmemorycard,andwaituntilthemoisturehasevaporated
beforeresuminguse.
Y
P
O
C
332
Speciications
CameraEffective
Pixels(Max.)
Approx.12.1millionpixels
5xzoom:5.2(W)–26.0(T)mm
(35mmilmequivalent:24(W)–120(T)mm)
3.0typecolorTFTLCD(touch-screenpanel)
LCDMonitor
EffectivePixels:Approx.461,000dots
DesignruleforCameraFilesystem,DPOF(version1.1)
FileFormat
compliant
StillImages:Exif2.3(JPEG),RAW(CR2(CanonOriginal))
DataType
Movies:MOV(Imagedata:H.264;Audiodata:LinearPCM(stereo))
Hi-speedUSB
HDMIoutput
Interface
Analogaudiooutput(stereo)
Analogvideooutput(NTSC/PAL)
BatteryPackNB-5L
PowerSource
ACAdapterKitACK-DC30
WirelessLAN
IEEE802.11b/g/n*
*2.4GHzbandonly
Speciication
WirelessLAN
OFDMmodulation(IEEE802.11g/n)
TransmissionMethod DSSSmodulation(IEEE802.11b)
WirelessLAN
Infrastructuremode*,Adhocmode
*SupportsWi-FiProtectedSetup
ConnectionMode
SupportedWireless 1–13(PC1819)or1–11(PC1882)
Modelnumbersindicatedinparentheses(=38)
Channels
WirelessLAN
WEP,WPA-PSK(AES/TKIP),WPA2-PSK(AES/TKIP)
Security
Dimensions(Based
98.8x59.0x26.9mm(3.89x2.32x1.06in.)
onCIPAGuidelines)
Approx.198g(approx.6.98oz.;includingthebatteryand
Weight(Basedon
memorycard)
CIPAGuidelines)
Approx.173g(approx.6.10oz.;camerabodyonly)
LensFocalLength
Y
P
O
C
NumberofShots/RecordingTime,PlaybackTime
NumberofShots
MovieRecordingTime*1
Continuous
Shooting*2
PlaybackTime
Approx.200
Approx.40minutes
Approx.1hour,10minutes
Approx.4hours
*1Timeunderdefaultcamerasettings,whennormaloperationsareperformed,suchas
shooting,pausing,turningthecameraonandoff,andzooming.
*2Timeavailablewhenshootingthemaximummovielength(untilrecordingstops
automatically)repeatedly.
•Thenumberofshotsthatcanbetakenisbasedonmeasurementguidelinesofthe
Camera&ImagingProductsAssociation(CIPA).
•Undersomeshootingconditions,thenumberofshotsandrecordingtimemaybeless
thanmentionedabove.
•Numberofshots/timewithafullychargedbattery.
333
Speciications
Numberof4:3ShotsperMemoryCard
RecordingPixels
Compression
Ratio
NumberofShotsperMemoryCard
(Approx.shots)
8GB
32GB
(Large)
12M/4000x3000
1379
5568
2192
8850
(Medium1)
6M/2816x2112
2431
9814
3721
15020
(Medium2)
2M/1600x1200
(Small)
0.3M/640x480
RAWImages
4160x3124
–
7442
30040
12927
52176
27291
110150
40937
165225
446
1804
•ThevaluesinthetablearemeasuredaccordingtoCanonstandardsandmaychange
dependingonthesubject,memorycardandcamerasettings.
•Thevaluesinthetablearebasedon4:3aspectratio.Iftheaspectratioischanged
(=123),moreimagescanbeshotbecausethedatasizeperimagewillbesmaller
thanwith4:3images.However,since[ ]16:9imageshaveasettingof1920x1080
pixels,theirdatasizewillbelargerthan4:3images.
Y
P
O
C
RecordingTimeperMemoryCard
ImageQuality
RecordingTimeperMemoryCard
8GB
32GB
29min.39sec.
1hr.59min.43sec.
42min.11sec.*1
2hr.50min.19sec.*2
1hr.28min.59sec.
5hr.59min.10sec.
*127min.39sec.foriFramemovies(=162).
*21hr.51min.37sec.foriFramemovies(=162).
•ThevaluesinthetablearemeasuredaccordingtoCanonstandardsandmaychange
dependingonthesubject,memorycardandcamerasettings.
•Recordingwillautomaticallystopwhentheclipilesizereaches4GB,orwhenthe
recordingtimereachesapproximately29minutes59secondswhenshootingin[ ]
or[ ],andapproximately1hourwhenshootingin[ ]or[ ].
•Recordingmaystopevenifthemaximumcliplengthhasnotbeenreachedonsome
memorycards.SDSpeedClass6orhighermemorycardsarerecommended.
334
Speciications
FlashRange
Maximumwideangle(j)
50cm–7.0m(1.6ft.–23ft.)
Maximumtelephoto(i)
50cm–2.3m(1.6ft.–7.5ft.)
ShootingRange
ShootingMode
FocusingRange
A
–
e
*
Othermodes
f*
8
MaximumWide
MaximumTelephoto
Angle(j)
(i)
3cm(1.2in.)–ininity 30cm(1.0ft.)–ininity
5cm(2.0in.)–ininity 30cm(1.0ft.)–ininity
30cm–50cm
3cm–50cm
(1.0ft.–1.6ft.)
(1.2in.–1.6ft.)
3cm(1.2in.)–ininity 30cm(1.0ft.)–ininity
3cm–50cm
–
(1.2in.–1.6ft.)
1.5m–20m
1.5m–20m
(4.9ft.–66ft.)
(4.9ft.–66ft.)
*Notavailableinsomeshootingmodes.
ContinuousShootingSpeed
ShootingMode
G
Y
P
O
ContinuousShooting
Mode
W
C
Speed
Approx.2.1shots/sec.
Approx.0.9shot/sec.
Approx.0.9shot/sec.
–
Approx.10shots/sec.
ShutterSpeed
<A>mode,automaticallysetrange 1–1/2000sec.
Rangeinallshootingmodes
15–1/2000sec.
15,13,10,8,6,5,4,3.2,2.5,2,1.6,1.3,1,
0.8,0.6,0.5,0.4,0.3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/8,1/10,
1/13,1/15,1/20,1/25,1/30,1/40,1/50,1/60,
<M>modeavailablevalues(sec.)
1/80,1/100,1/125,1/160,1/200,1/250,1/320,
1/400,1/500,1/640,1/800,1/1000,1/1250,
1/1600,1/2000
335
Speciications
Aperture
f/number
<B>modeavailablevalues*
f/2.0–f/8.0(W),f/5.9–f/8.0(T)
f/2.0,f/2.2,f/2.5,f/2.8,f/3.2,f/3.5,f/4.0,f/4.5,
f/5.0,f/5.6,f/5.9,f/6.3,f/7.1,f/8.0
*Dependingonthezoomposition,someaperturevaluesmaynotbeavailable.
BatteryPackNB-5L
Type:
Rechargeablelithium-ionbattery
RatedVoltage:
3.7VDC
RatedCapacity:
1120mAh
ChargingCycles:
Approx.300times
OperatingTemperature:0–40°C(32–104°F)
Dimensions:
32.0x44.9x7.9mm(1.26x1.77x0.31in.)
Weight:
Approx.25g(approx.0.88oz.)
BatteryChargerCB-2LX/CB-2LXE
RatedInput:
100–240VAC(50/60Hz),0.085A(100V)–0.05A(240V)
RatedOutput:
4.2VDC,0.7A
ChargingTime:
Approx.2hours5min.(whenusingNB-5L)
ChargeIndicator:
Charging:orange/Fullycharged:green
OperatingTemperature:0–40°C(32–104°F)
Dimensions:
57.5x81.6x21.0mm(2.26x3.21x0.83in.)
Weight:
CB-2LX: Approx.65g(approx.2.29oz.)
CB-2LXE:Approx.59g(approx.2.08oz.)(excludingpower
cord)
Y
P
O
C
• AlldataisbasedontestsbyCanon.
• Cameraspeciicationsorappearancearesubjecttochangewithout
notice.
336
Index
Numbers
1-point(AFframemode)................... 185
Roman
Camera
Addingtargetdevice..................... 54
Nickname...................................... 43
Resetall...................................... 276
Cameraaccesspointmode........... 50,72
Camerashake................................... 199
A
ACadapterkit............................ 279,285
Accessories....................................... 278
Accesspoint
Manualsettings............................. 68
Numberofdisplayitems................ 68
Addingtargetdevice
Camera......................................... 54
Computer...................................... 62
Printer............................................ 72
Smartphone................................... 50
Webservices................................. 45
AEBmode......................................... 171
AElock.............................................. 167
CameraWindow
Display.......................................... 69
Smartphone................................... 50
CANONiMAGEGATEWAY................. 45
Settings......................................... 46
Clock.................................................... 93
ColorAccent(shootingmode)........... 151
ColorSwap(shootingmode)............. 152
Color(whitebalance)......................... 174
Compressionratio(imagequality)..... 199
Computer
Addingtargetdevice..................... 62
Environment.................................. 56
Preparation.................................... 56
Connection
Webservices................................. 48
Connectioninformation
Changingnickname...................... 82
Editing........................................... 78
Erasingindividually....................... 80
Continuousshooting.......................... 179
High-speedburstHQ(shooting
mode).......................................... 158
Controlring........................................ 206
Y
P
O
AFframes.................................. 184,185
AFlock............................................... 191
Aspectratio........................................ 123
C
AUTOmode(shootingmode).. 21,88,96
AVcable............................................ 281
Av(shootingmode)........................... 203
B
BatteriesDate/timebattery
Battery
Charging........................................ 15
Level............................................ 315
Powersaving................................. 86
Batterycharger.............................. 2,278
Creativeilters(shootingmode)......... 142
Cropping............................................ 251
Customwhitebalance....................... 175
Blackandwhiteimages............. 144,177
D
Blinkdetection................................... 131
Date/time
Addingdatestamps.....................112
Changing....................................... 19
Date/timebattery........................... 20
Setting........................................... 18
C
C1/C2(shootingmode)..................... 212
337
Index
Worldclock.................................. 264
DCcoupler......................................... 285
DefaultsResetall
DIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk........... 2
Digitaltele-converter.......................... 183
Digitalzoom....................................... 105
Displaylanguage................................. 20
DPOF................................................. 293
Drivemode........................................ 179
DynamicRangeCorrection............... 172
E
Editing
Cropping...................................... 251
i-Contrast..................................... 254
MyColors.................................... 253
Red-eyecorrection...................... 255
Resizingimages.......................... 250
Erasing.............................................. 240
Errormessages................................. 310
Exposure
AElock........................................ 167
Compensation............................. 166
FElock........................................ 196
Eye-Ficards.................................. 2,300
C
F
FaceAiAF(AFframemode).............. 184
FaceID...............................................113
Faceselect........................................ 190
Faceself-timer(shootingmode)........ 157
Favorites............................................ 244
FElock............................................... 196
Filenumbering................................... 269
Fireworks(shootingmode)................ 138
Fish-eyeeffect(shootingmode)........ 145
Flash
Deactivatinglash......................... 111
Flashexposurecompensation.... 195
338
On............................................... 193
Slowsynchro............................... 194
Focusbracketing............................... 191
Focuscheck...................................... 222
Focusing
AFframes.................................... 184
AFlock........................................ 191
AF-pointzoom............................. 130
Faceselect.................................. 190
ServoAF..................................... 187
TouchAF..................................... 188
Focusingrange
Macro.......................................... 181
Manualfocus............................... 182
Focuslock......................................... 185
FUNC.menu
Basicoperations............................ 89
Table............................................ 320
Y
P
O
G
GPSinformationdisplay.................... 220
Gridlines........................................... 210
H
Handheldnightscene
(shootingmode)................................. 137
Highdynamicrange
(shootingmode)................................. 143
High-speedburstHQ
(shootingmode)................................. 158
Householdpower............................... 285
I
i-Contrast................................... 172,254
iFramemovies(moviemode)............ 162
ImagequalityCompressionratio
(imagequality)
Images
Displayperiod............................. 133
Erasing........................................ 240
Index
PlaybackViewing
Protecting.................................... 236
Indicator............................................... 93
Device........................................... 82
Nostalgic(shootingmode)................. 144
Interfacecable................................. 2,30
P
ISOspeed.......................................... 169
Packagecontents.................................. 2
Photobookset-up.............................. 296
L
Lamp.................................................. 132
PictBridge.................................. 280,286
PlaybackViewing
Portrait(shootingmode).................... 137
M
MACaddress....................................... 58
Macro(focusmode)........................... 181
Magniieddisplay............................... 233
Manualfocus(focusmode)............... 182
Memorycards.................................. 2,44
Recordingtime............................ 334
Menu
Basicoperations............................ 91
Table............................................ 318
Mercurylampcorrection.................... 126
Postereffect(shootingmode)........... 142
PowerACadapterkit
Battery
Batteryandchargerkit
Compactpoweradapter
Powersaving....................................... 86
Printing.............................................. 286
ProgramAE....................................... 166
Protecting.......................................... 236
Y
P
O
Meteringmethod................................ 168
Miniatureeffect(shootingmode)....... 146
C
Monochrome(shootingmode)........... 150
MovieDigest(shootingmode)........... 136
Movies
Editing......................................... 256
Imagequality
(resolution/framerate)................. 127
Recordingtime............................ 334
M(shootingmode)............................. 204
Multi-areaWhiteBalance.................. 126
MyCategory...................................... 245
MyColors.................................. 177,253
N
NDilter.............................................. 173
NeckstrapStrap
Nickname
Camera......................................... 43
P(shootingmode)............................. 166
R
RAW.................................................. 198
Red-eyecorrection.................... 125,255
Resetall............................................. 276
Resizingimages................................ 250
Resolution(imagesize)..................... 124
ReturningwirelessLANsettingsto
default.................................................. 82
Ringfunctionselectorbutton............. 206
Rotating............................................. 243
S
Savingimagestoacomputer.............. 69
Selectedimages............................ 71
Untransferredimages.................... 70
Screen
Displaylanguage........................... 20
Icons.................................... 314,316
MenuFUNC.menu,Menu
339
Index
SD/SDHC/SDXCmemorycards
Memorycards
Superslowmotionmovie
(moviemode)..................................... 162
Self-timer........................................... 107
2-secondself-timer...................... 108
Customizingtheself-timer........... 108
Faceself-timer
(shootingmode).......................... 157
Winkself-timer
(shootingmode).......................... 155
Sendingimages................................... 75
Maximumnumberofimagesthat
canbesenttogether..................... 75
Resize..................................... 75,76
Sendingindividually...................... 75
Sendingmultipleimages............... 76
Sepiatoneimages..................... 144,177
Supervivid(shootingmode).............. 142
T
Terminal..................... 281,284,285,286
TouchActions............ 49,53,55,63,248
TouchAF............................................ 188
TouchShutter.....................................110
Toycameraeffect(shootingmode)... 148
Travelingwiththecamera......... 264,278
Troubleshooting................................. 304
TVdisplay.......................................... 281
Tv(shootingmode)............................ 202
ServoAF............................................ 187
ShadowCorrect................................. 173
Shooting
Shootingdate/timeDate/time
Shootinginformation........... 210,314
Slideshow.......................................... 234
Smartphone
Addingtargetdevice..................... 50
CameraWindow............................. 50
Changingprivacysettings............. 53
Privacysettings............................. 52
SmartShufle..................................... 235
C
SmartShutter(shootingmode)......... 154
U
Underwater(shootingmode)............. 138
Y
P
O
V
Viewing................................................ 24
Imagesearch.............................. 225
Indexdisplay............................... 224
Magniieddisplay........................ 233
Single-imagedisplay..................... 24
Slideshow.................................... 234
SmartShufle.............................. 235
TVdisplay................................... 281
Smile(shootingmode)....................... 154
W
Snow(shootingmode)....................... 138
Webservices
Addingtargetdevice..................... 45
Connection.................................... 48
Displayorder................................. 48
Maximumnumberofmail
addresses...................................... 48
Whitebalance(color)......................... 174
Softfocus(shootingmode)................ 149
Software
DIGITALCAMERASolutionDisk.... 2
Installation..................................... 29
Savingimagestoacomputer........ 29
Sounds.............................................. 262
StereoAVcable................................. 281
StitchAssist(shootingmode)............ 160
Strap................................................ 2,14
340
Widescreen(resolution)..................... 124
Wi-Fi.................................................... 36
Windows
CameraWindowdisplay................ 69
Index
Settings......................................... 59
Winkself-timer(shootingmode)........ 155
WirelessLAN
Accesspoint.................................. 56
Security......................................... 58
Settings......................................... 57
Worldclock........................................ 264
WPS.................................................... 64
PBCMethod.................................. 64
PINMethod................................... 66
WriststrapStrap
Z
Zoom..................................... 22,96,105
Y
P
O
C
341
CAUTION
RISKOFEXPLOSIONIFBATTERYISREPLACEDBYANINCORRECTTYPE.
DISPOSEOFUSEDBATTERIESACCORDINGTOLOCALREGULATION.
BatteryChargerCB-2LX
IMPORTANTSAFETYINSTRUCTIONSSAVETHESEINSTRUCTIONS.
DANGER-TOREDUCETHERISKOF
FIREORELECTRICSHOCK,CAREFULLY
FOLLOWTHESEINSTRUCTIONS.
ForconnectiontoasupplynotintheU.S.A.,useanattachmentplugadapterofthe
properconigurationforthepoweroutlet,ifneeded.
USAandCanadaonly:
TheLithiumion/polymerbatterythatpowerstheproductisrecyclable.
Pleasecall1-800-8-BATTERYforinformationonhowtorecyclethis
battery.
Y
P
O
C
342
FCCNotice
(DigitalCamera,ModelPC1882systems)
ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15oftheFCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe
followingtwoconditions;
(1)thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference,and
(2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethatmay
causeundesiredoperation.
Note:ThisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywiththelimitsforClass
Bdigitaldevices,pursuanttoPart15oftheFCCrules.Theselimitsaredesigned
toprovidereasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceinaresidential
installation.
Thisequipmentgenerates,usesandcanradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,if
notinstalledandusedinaccordancewiththeinstructions,maycauseharmful
interferencetoradiocommunications.However,thereisnoguaranteethat
interferencewillnotoccurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipmentdoescause
harmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionreception,whichcanbedetermined
byturningtheequipmentoffandon,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrectthe
interferencebyoneormoreofthefollowingmeasures:
•Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna.
•Increasetheseparationbetweentheequipmentandreceiver.
•Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfromthattowhichthe
receiverisconnected.
•Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp.
Y
P
O
Thecablewiththeferritecoreprovidedwiththedigitalcameramustbeusedwiththis
equipmentinordertocomplywithClassBlimitsinSubpartBofPart15oftheFCC
rules.
C
Donotmakeanychangesormodiicationstotheequipmentunlessotherwise
speciiedinthemanual.Ifsuchchangesormodiicationsshouldbemade,youcould
berequiredtostopoperationoftheequipment.
CanonU.S.A.,Inc.
OneCanonPlaza,LakeSuccess,NY11042,U.S.A.
TelNo.(516)328-5600
CanadianRadioInterferenceRegulations
ThisClassBdigitalapparatuscomplieswithCanadianICES-003.
ForCA,USAonly
IncludedlithiumbatterycontainsPerchlorateMaterial-specialhandlingmayapply.
Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/fordetails.
343
TrademarkAcknowledgments
• TheSDXClogoisatrademarkofSD-3C,LLC.
• ThisdeviceincorporatesexFATtechnologylicensedfromMicrosoft.
• HDMI,theHDMIlogoandHigh-DeinitionMultimediaInterfaceare
trademarksorregisteredtrademarksofHDMILicensingLLC.
• TheiFramelogoandtheiFramesymbolaretrademarksofAppleInc.
AboutMPEG-4Licensing
ThisproductislicensedunderAT&TpatentsfortheMPEG-4standard
andmaybeusedforencodingMPEG-4compliantvideoand/ordecoding
MPEG-4compliantvideothatwasencodedonly(1)forapersonaland
non-commercialpurposeor(2)byavideoproviderlicensedundertheAT&T
patentstoprovideMPEG-4compliantvideo.
NolicenseisgrantedorimpliedforanyotheruseforMPEG-4standard.
*NoticedisplayedinEnglishasrequired.
Disclaimer
• Reprinting,transmitting,orstoringinaretrievalsystemanypartofthis
guidewithoutthepermissionofCanonisprohibited.
• Canonreservestherighttochangethecontentsofthisguideatanytime
withoutpriornotice.
• Illustrationsandscreenshotsinthisguidemaydifferslightlyfromthe
actualequipment.
• Theaboveitemsnotwithstanding,Canonacceptsnoliabilityfordamages
duetomistakenoperationoftheproducts.
Y
P
O
C
344
Y
P
O
C
345
Y
P
O
C
CDD-E491-010 ©CANONINC.2012